Success Groups: Cambridge Physics (0625)

Cambridge
Chemistry 0620 Paper 2 (MCQ)
Physics (0625)
Mark Scheme
Table of ontents
Part I
Success Groups
Paper 4
(Variants 1,2,3)
2021-2016
(2023 Specimen
included)
Table of Contents
For Examination from 2023 ---------------------------------1
February/March 2021 Variant 2 -----------------13
May/June 2021 Variant 1 -----------------23
May/June 2021 Variant 2 -----------------34
May/June 2021 Variant 3 -----------------45
October/November 2021 Variant 1 -----------------55
February/March 2020 Variant 2 ----------------105
May/June 2020 Variant 1 ----------------120
May/June 2020 Variant 2 ----------------130
May/June 2020 Variant 3 ----------------139
October/November 2020 Variant 1 ----------------149
For Examination from 2020 ------------------------------201
May/June 2019 Variant 1 ----------------218
May/June 2019 Variant 2 ----------------230
May/June 2019 Variant 3 ----------------240
May/June 2018 Variant 1 ----------------295
May/June 2018 Variant 2 ----------------304
May/June 2018 Variant 3 ----------------314
May/June 2017 Variant 1 ----------------373
May/June 2017 Variant 2 ----------------384
May/June 2017 Variant 3 ----------------394
May/June 2016 Variant 1 ----------------438
May/June 2016 Variant 2 ----------------449
May/June 2016 Variant 3 ----------------459
For Examination from 2016 ------------------------------499
Cambridge IGCSE™
PHYSICS 0625/04
Paper 4 Theory (Extended) For examination from 2023
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Specimen
This document has 12 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.
© UCLES 2020 [Turn over
1/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

Assembled by Nesrine
0625/04 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme For examination
SPECIMEN from 2020
Generic Marking Principles
These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers. They should be applied alongside the specific
content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking
principles.
GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:
Marks must be awarded in line with:
• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.
Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).
2/504
Marks must be awarded positively:
• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit is given for valid answers which go beyond the
scope of the syllabus and mark scheme, referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these features are specifically assessed by the
question as indicated by the mark scheme. The meaning, however, should be unambiguous.
Rules must be applied consistently, e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed instructions or in the application of generic level
descriptors.
Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question (however; the use of the full mark range may
be limited according to the quality of the candidate responses seen).
© UCLES 2020 Page 2 of 12
2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
SPECIMEN from 2023
Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade
descriptors in mind.
Science-Specific Marking Principles
1 Examiners should consider the context and scientific use of any keywords when awarding marks. Although keywords may be present, marks
should not be awarded if the keywords are used incorrectly.
2 The examiner should not choose between contradictory statements given in the same question part, and credit should not be awarded for any
correct statement that is contradicted within the same question part. Wrong science that is irrelevant to the question should be ignored.
3 Although spellings do not have to be correct, spellings of syllabus terms must allow for clear and unambiguous separation from other syllabus
terms with which they may be confused (e.g. ethane / ethene, glucagon / glycogen, refraction / reflection).
4 The error carried forward (ecf) principle should be applied, where appropriate. If an incorrect answer is subsequently used in a scientifically
correct way, the candidate should be awarded these subsequent marking points. Further guidance will be included in the mark scheme where
necessary and any exceptions to this general principle will be noted.
3/504
5 ‘List rule’ guidance
For questions that require n responses (e.g. State two reasons …):
• The response should be read as continuous prose, even when numbered answer spaces are provided.
• Any response marked ignore in the mark scheme should not count towards n.
• Incorrect responses should not be awarded credit but will still count towards n.
• Read the entire response to check for any responses that contradict those that would otherwise be credited. Credit should not be
awarded for any responses that are contradicted within the rest of the response. Where two responses contradict one another, this should
be treated as a single incorrect response.
• Non-contradictory responses after the first n responses may be ignored even if they include incorrect science.
2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
SPECIMEN from 2020
6 Calculation specific guidance
Correct answers to calculations should be given full credit even if there is no working or incorrect working, unless the question states ‘show
your working’.
For questions in which the number of significant figures required is not stated, credit should be awarded for correct answers when rounded by
the examiner to the number of significant figures given in the mark scheme. This may not apply to measured values.
For answers given in standard form (e.g. a × 10n) in which the convention of restricting the value of the coefficient (a) to a value between 1 and
10 is not followed, credit may still be awarded if the answer can be converted to the answer given in the mark scheme.
Unless a separate mark is given for a unit, a missing or incorrect unit will normally mean that the final calculation mark is not awarded.
Exceptions to this general principle will be noted in the mark scheme.
7 Guidance for chemical equations
Multiples / fractions of coefficients used in chemical equations are acceptable unless stated otherwise in the mark scheme.
State symbols given in an equation should be ignored unless asked for in the question or stated otherwise in the mark scheme.
4/504
Mark categories
B marks These are independent marks, which do not depend on other marks. For a B mark to be awarded, the point to which it refers must be
seen specifically in the candidate’s answer.
M marks These are method marks upon which A marks later depend. For an M mark to be awarded, the point to which it refers must be seen
specifically in the candidate’s answer. If a candidate is not awarded an M mark, the later A mark cannot be awarded either.
C marks These are compensatory marks which can be awarded even if the points to which they refer are not written down by the candidate,
providing subsequent working gives evidence that they must have known them. For example, if an equation carries a C mark and the
candidate does not write down the actual equation but does correct working which shows the candidate knew the equation, then the C
mark is awarded.
If a correct answer is given to a numerical question, all of the preceding C marks are awarded automatically. It is only necessary to
consider each of the C marks in turn when the numerical answer is not correct.
A marks These are answer marks. They may depend on an M mark or allow a C mark to be awarded by implication.
2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
SPECIMEN from 2023
Abbreviations and guidance
/ Alternative answers for the same marking point.

underline Actual word underlined must be used by candidate (grammatical variants accepted).
(brackets) The word or phrase in brackets is not required but sets the context.
AND / and Statements on both sides of the AND are needed for that mark.
OR / or Indicates alternative answers, any one of which is satisfactory for scoring the marks.
NOT / not Indicates that an incorrect answer is not to be disregarded but cancels another otherwise correct alternative offered by the
candidate for this mark.
Accept / Acc A less than ideal answer which should be marked correct.
Ignore / Ig Indicates that something which is not correct or irrelevant is to be disregarded.
e.c.f. ‘error carried forward’
o.w.t.t.e. ‘or words to that effect’
s.f.
5/504
rule will be specified in the mark scheme.
‘significant figures’ – answers are normally acceptable to any number of significant figures ⩾ 2. Any exceptions to this general
Arithmetic errors If the only error in arriving at a final answer is clearly an arithmetic one, all but the final A mark can be awarded. Regard a
power of ten error as an arithmetic error.
Transcription errors If the only error in arriving at a final answer is because given or previously calculated data has clearly been misread but used
correctly, all but the final A mark can be awarded.
Fractions Only accept these where specified in the mark scheme.
Crossed-out work Work which has been crossed out and not replaced but can easily be read, should be marked as if it had not been crossed
out.
2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
SPECIMEN from 2020
Question Answer Marks

1(a) mention of gradient of graph at t = 30 s OR tangent drawn at t = 30 s and triangle drawn OR values of t and v taken from C1
graph
Dv C1
α= OR calculation shown
Dt
acceleration in range 0.30 to 0.45 m / s2 A1
1(b) acceleration less / at a slower rate B1
less driving force OR greater resistive force / friction / air resistance / drag AND resultant force less B1
1(c) area under graph / area under line C1
1 1 C1
distance = (20 × 40) + ( × 40 × 10) OR × (30 + 20) × 40
2 2
1000 m A1

2(a) force B1
6/504
impulse B1
2(b)(i) (p =) mv OR 0.046 × 65 C1
3.0 kg m / s OR 3.0 N s A1
2(b)(ii) C1
m (v − u) 3.0 OR (v − u)
(F =) or a= and F = ma or
t 0.00050 t
0.046 # 65
or
0.00050
0.046 × 130 000
A1
6000 N OR 6000 N
2(b)(iii) elastic (energy) OR strain (energy) B1
2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
SPECIMEN from 2023

3(a)(i) nuclear fusion B1
3(a)(ii) nuclei combine / join together B1
small nuclei to larger nuclei OR hydrogen to helium (in some way) OR loss of mass B1
3(b) any suitable resource, e.g. fossil fuels; hydroelectric; wave; wind NOT geothermal, nuclear M1
renewable OR not (according answer) AND matching explanation A1
3(c) any two advantages from: no polluting gases / quiet / low maintenance / can be placed on roofs / clean / cheap to run B2
any two disadvantages from: intermittent supply / unattractive / takes up space / uses land / d.c. output B2

4(a) atoms collide with wall (and rebound) OR atoms rebound from wall B1
(atoms) undergo change of momentum C1
force on wall = (total) rate of change of momentum (of atoms) A1
OR = change of momentum (of atoms) per second
7/504
OR = change of momentum (of atoms) / time
4(b)(i) fewer atoms per unit volume OR density of gas less B1
rate of collision (with walls of balloon) decreases OR fewer collisions per unit area B1
4(b)(ii) P1 V1 1.0 # 105 # 9.6 C1
PV = constant OR P1V1 = P2V2 OR (P2 =) OR
V2 12
8.0 × 104 Pa A1

5(a) arrangement: B2
Ice: in lattice / regular / arranged / orderly / fixed in place
Water: random / irregular / not arranged / not orderly
motion:
Ice: vibrate
Water: move (around) or slide over each other
2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
SPECIMEN from 2020

5(b)(i) m C1
d= in any form OR (m =) Vd OR 1800 × 0.025 × 920
V
41 000 kg A1
5(b)(ii) (∆E =) cm∆θ OR 2.1 × 103 × 41 000 × 3.5 C1
3.0 × 108 (J) A1

6(a)(i) any two rays that start at the top of the image from: M2
• seems to come from F1 to lens and emerges paraxially
• passes through centre of lens undeviated
• paraxial to the lens and passes through F2
two correct rays traced back and image indicated A1
6(a)(ii) any two of: enlarged / inverted / real underlined B1
enlarged AND inverted AND real underlined B1
8/504
6(b) refracted ray in prism below yellow ray AND above normal B1
emergent ray diverging away from the yellow ray AND outside of prism B1

7(a) 330–350 m / s B1
7(b) v (a) C1
v = fλ OR (f =) OR
m 0.022
Correct answer: e.g. 330 m / s gives 15 000 Hz A1
7(c) use of transducer to send and receive pulses of ultrasound B1
(display used to determine) time for echo of pulse to return from front AND back of bubble B1
use of speed of sound in the metal B1
use of distance = speed × time to calculate position and size B1
2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
SPECIMEN from 2023

8(a) RS = RA + RB in any form OR (RS =) RA + RB OR (RS =) 4 + 8 C1
(RS =) 12 (Ω) C1
1 C1
(RP =) in any form
1 +
RS RC
b 1 l
RS RC
OR (RP =)
(RS + RC)
1 (6 # 12)
OR (RP =) OR (RP =)
1 1 18
12 6
d + n
(RP =) 4.0 Ω A1
8(b) 8 8 C1
12 12
V8 = supply V × d n OR = 24 × d n
(V8 =) 16 V A1
9/504
OR alternative route C1
supply V 24
I8 = OR = OR = 2 (A)
12 12
(V8 = 2 × 8 =) 16 V A1

9(a) ball gets –ve charge (from –ve plate) B1
–ve(ly charged ball) attracted to +ve / repelled from –ve B1
9(b) particles: electrons B1
direction: from left to right (through ammeter) B1
2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
SPECIMEN from 2020

9(c) Q C1
Q = It in any form OR words, numbers, symbols
t
8.5 # 10-10 C1
correct use of f = 4 Hz OR T = 0.25 s i.e. 8.5 × 10–10 × 4 OR
0.25
(I =) 3.4 × 10–9 A A1

10(a)(i) 237 B1
93
Np
4 B1
2
a
10(a)(ii) gamma and beta will not produce enough ions / ion pairs per cm B1
14 14 14
10(b) (No of Am atoms remaining = 8 × 10 – 6 × 10 ) = 2 × 10 C1
4 × 1014 (Am atoms remain after 470 yrs or 1 half-life) C1
(2 × 1014 Am atoms remain after) 940 yrs or 2 half-lives A1
10/504
11(a) hydrogen gas in stellar cloud / nebula pulled together by gravity B1
temperature of hydrogen increases AND a protostar is formed B1
nuclear fusion begins and outward force from this reaction balances inward force of gravity B1
11(b) any three from: B3
microwave radiation is observed at all points in space around the Earth o.w.t.t.e.
radiation was produced when the Universe was formed
this radiation has expanded into the microwave region of the electromagnetic spectrum
this is evidence that the Universe expanded
2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
SPECIMEN from 2023

12(a) Ns Vs Np # Vs C1
8000 # 6
= in any form OR (Ns =) OR
Np Vp Vp 240
200 A1
12(b) Is # Vs 2.0 # 6 C1
IpVp = IsVs in any form OR (Ip =) OR
Vp 240
0.050 A A1
11/504
2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
SPECIMEN from 2020
BLANK PAGE
12/504
2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge IGCSE™
PHYSICS 0625/42
Paper 4 Theory (Extended) March 2021
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.
Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the March 2021 series for most Cambridge
IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level components.
This document consists of 10 printed pages.
13/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

0625/42 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2021
PUBLISHED
These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers. They should be applied alongside the
specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these
marking principles.
descriptors.

14/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should not be awarded with grade thresholds or
grade descriptors in mind.

15/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
your working’.
For answers given in standard form (e.g. a × 10n) in which the convention of restricting the value of the coefficient (a) to a value between 1
and 10 is not followed, credit may still be awarded if the answer can be converted to the answer given in the mark scheme.

16/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) 78 N A3
(m=) ρV OR ρ = m / V in any form C1
W = mg C1
1(b) 4.5 × 103 N A3
(F=) (Δ)PA OR P = F / A in any form C1
(ΔP = 1.3 × 105 – 1.0 × 105 = ) 3 × 104 C1
outwards B1
1(c) (ρ =) 800 kg / m3 A3
(ρ =) P / gh OR P= ρ gh in any form C1
(ρ =) 9.6 × 104 / (10 × 12) C1
2(a)(i) (moment of a force) is the turning effect (about a point / pivot) B1
2(a)(ii) 2.8 × 106 N m A2
(moment = ) Fd in any form C1
2(b)(i) scalar / speed has magnitude only OR scalar / speed has no direction B1
vector / velocity has magnitude and direction B1
2(b)(ii) any scalar quantity B1
any vector quantity B1

17/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(c) correct triangle or parallelogram drawn B1
resultant force (including correct arrow) B1
scale 1 cm = 4 N or 1 cm = 5 N B1
40 – 47 N AND 33° – 40° (anticlockwise from 20 N) B1
3(a) renewable / yes B1
crops can be regrown (to replace resource) / waste materials don’t run out B1
3(b) water will cool (too much) / thermal energy lost (during transfer) B1
lag/insulate (pipes) OR transport in a poor conductor of thermal energy B1
3(c) any two from: B2
• air pollution / harmful gases / acid rain

• CO2 / greenhouse gases / contribution to global warming
• not renewable
• damage from mining / drilling or any valid environmental consequence of transport of coal
4(a) molecules strike walls B1
momentum (of molecules) changes / momentum = mass × velocity B1
force = rate of change of momentum B1
pressure = (sum of) force(s) / area / pressure = rate of change of momentum / area B1

18/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
4(b)(i) (p2=) p1V1 / V2 A2
p1V1 = p2V2 C1
4(b)(ii) greater B1
molecules move faster / have greater KE / molecules have greater momentum B1
(leads to) more frequent / harder collisions (with walls) / great rate of change of momentum B1
5(a) echo B1
5(b) (λ=) 7.5 × 10-4 m A3
(λ=) v / f OR v = fλ in any form C1
(λ=) 1.5 × 103 / 2 × 106 C1
5(c)(i),(ii) labelled wavelength of incident wave B1
3 part circles to the left of the barrier and centred to right of the barrier B1
wavelengths of reflected and incident waves same B1

19/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a) Any two correct rays from M2

• from O through optical centre (and beyond)
• from O parallel to principal axis to centre line of lens then through F1
• from F2 through O to centreline of lens then parallel to principal axis
rays traced back to intersect AND 2.4 – 3.6 cm A1
6(b) magnified B1
same way up as object B1
virtual B1
6(c) one ray from each prism refracted towards principal axis B1
(rays) converge to the right of original convergence on the principal axis B1
7(a) no cutting of (magnetic) flux / magnetic field B1
7(b) to the top of the page / RH box B1
current, motion and (magnetic) field B1

mutually at right angles
(magnetic) field from left to right B1
7(c)(i) opposite current (direction) / opposite deflection (on ammeter) B1
7(c)(ii) greater current / deflection B1

20/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a) energy supplied by a source in driving charge around a complete circuit / energy needed to drive unit charge / 1 coulomb B1
round circuit
8(b)(i) (P=) 90 W A3
(P=) V I in any form C1
(V / R OR I =) 2 C1
8(b)(ii) (p.d. =) 15 V A2
(p.d. =) 60 – 45 C1
8(b)(iii) (I = 15 / 10 =) 1.5 A A2
(I =) V / R OR V = IR in any form C1
9(a) I/P I/P O/P B1

0 0
0 1
1 0
1 1
I/P I/P O/P B1

0 0 0
0 1 1
1 0 1
1 1 1
9(b) two inputs to curved face, sharp end with small circle and one output B1

21/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(c)(i) 1
0
1
0
9(c)(ii) AND B1
input 1 and 1 gives output 1 B1
any 0 input gives 0 output B1
10(a) 2 B1
4 B1
+2 B1
10(b) 90 90 0
Sr → Y+ β
38 39 −1
nucleon numbers 90 on both sides of equation B1
Sr and proton number 38 on left AND Y and proton number 39 on right B1
0 B1
β (to right of arrow)
−1
10(c) (original mass = 4 / 9.2 =) 37 mg A2
2 half-lives C1

22/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge IGCSE™
PHYSICS 0625/41
Paper 4 Extended Theory May/June 2021
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2021 series for most Cambridge
23/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

0625/41 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2021
PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

24/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2 The examiner should not choose between contradictory statements given in the same question part, and credit should not be awarded for
any correct statement that is contradicted within the same question part. Wrong science that is irrelevant to the question should be ignored.
3 Although spellings do not have to be correct, spellings of syllabus terms must allow for clear and unambiguous separation from other
syllabus terms with which they may be confused (e.g. ethane / ethene, glucagon / glycogen, refraction / reflection).
correct way, the candidate should be awarded these subsequent marking points. Further guidance will be included in the mark scheme
where necessary and any exceptions to this general principle will be noted.
awarded for any responses that are contradicted within the rest of the response. Where two responses contradict one another, this
should be treated as a single incorrect response.

25/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
your working’.
For questions in which the number of significant figures required is not stated, credit should be awarded for correct answers when rounded
by the examiner to the number of significant figures given in the mark scheme. This may not apply to measured values.

26/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a)(i) any value from 35 to 43 m / s2 A2
(a =) (v – u) / t in any form or gradient (of line) or (58 – 50) / 0.20 or equivalent values from the graph C1
1(a)(ii) 3800 N A3
(F =) ma in any form or Δp / Δt in any form C1

or 76 × candidate’s 1(a)(i)
or 760 seen
76 × candidate’s 1(a)(i) evaluated or 76 × (candidate’s 1(a)(i) + 10) or 76 × (candidate’s 1(a)(i))+ 760 C1
1(b) (deceleration because) upward force greater than weight or upward resultant force B1
air resistance decreases (with decreasing speed / with time) B1

or deceleration decreases or resultant (upward) force decreases
(until / finally) weight equals air resistance or forces balance or at terminal / constant velocity / speed B1
1(c) at zero speed there is no air resistance B1
weight / downwards force is (still) acting or there is (now) a resultant force (downwards at zero speed) B1
OR (B1)
forces balance at a speed greater than zero
speed cannot decrease / no deceleration once forces balance (B1)

27/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(a)(i) 0.078 N s or 0.078 kg m / s A2
(I =) mt(Δ)vt in any form or 1.2 × 0.065 C1
2(a)(ii) 150 m / s A2
vb = (mt + vt) / mb in any form or initial momentum = final momentum C1

or 1.2(0052) × 0.065 / 0.00052 or 0.078(0338) / 0.00052
2(b) work done against / due to / because of friction or kinetic energy (of trolley) used to do work B1
kinetic energy decreases (to zero) B1
thermal energy produced B1
3(a) molecules (already very) close / touching B1
(repulsive) forces (very) large B1
3(b)(i) 6.5 × 105 Pa A3
(p =) F / A in any form or 8800 / 0.016 or (Fair =)1.0 × 105 × 0.016 C1
5.5 × 105 or 5.5 × 105 (+ 1.0 × 105) or (1600 + 8800) / 0.016 C1
3(b)(ii) pressure due to (increased height of) oil in cylinder mentioned or pressure (in liquid) increases as depth increases B1
to keep the upwards force constant or to lift the (extra) oil B1

or to counteract / oppose the increased pressure / force / weight of the oil
3(b)(iii) (initial) force has to be greater than 8800 N to start the motion B1
or the upwards force (just) balances the weight (so no movement) or piston / oil has weight or friction (between moving
parts)

28/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
4(a) aluminium is a (good) conductor (of heat) and plastic is a poor conductor / does not conduct (heat) B1
4(b)(i) increase in kinetic energy of molecules or increase in potential energy of molecules B1
4(b)(ii) any three from: B3

• atoms (touching the hotplate) / lattice vibrate (faster)
• atoms pass on energy / vibration to neighbouring atoms / to other atoms by collision
• atoms pass on energy to electrons
• electrons hit distant atoms or electrons move (through lattice)
4(b)(iii) molecules escape from the liquid (as a vapour) B1
bonds broken / (attractive) forces overcome B1
molecules gain potential energy B1

or work done (to separate molecules / break bonds / overcome forces)
4(b)(iv) 840 W A3
(E =) mlv in any form or 0.11 × 2.3 × 106 or 2.53 × 105 C1
(rate =) mlv / t in any form or 0.11 × 2.3 × 106 / 300 or 2.53 × 105 / 300 C1

29/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a) molecules / they speed up or gain kinetic energy B1
molecules move further apart or push others away B1
5(b) forces between liquid molecules weak(er than in solids) B1
less energy / work done to separate molecules or greater separation for same work done / same increase in energy B1
5(c)(i) greater sensitivity B1
volume increase (of liquid in second thermometer) is greater B1

or liquid moves a greater distance (for the same temperature increase)
5(c)(ii) smaller range and either of: B1

• smaller temperature increase for liquid / meniscus to reach end of tube
• expands more / greater sensitivity and tube of same length
5(d)(i) statement of problem (e.g. bridges buckle (in hot weather)) B1
5(d)(ii) suggested solution to problem stated in 5(d)(i) (e.g. allow gaps at the ends of the bridge) B1
more detail (e.g. as the bridge expands the gaps close) B1

30/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a) two points labelled C at the centre of the two compressions B1
6(b) 6200−6500 Hz A3
(λ =) value from 0.051 to 0.053 (m) seen anywhere C1
(f =) v / λ in any form or 330 / 0.052 or 330 / 5.2 or 63 C1
6(c) compressions / rarefactions closer or more compressions / rarefactions (in same distance) B1
less diffraction / spreading out B1
(because of) smaller wavelength or ratio wavelength / gap width smaller B1
7(a)(i) any three from: B3

• y-axis labelled e.m.f. and x-axis labelled time
• at least one cycle of a sinusoidal wave
• only two complete cycles of a sinusoidal wave
• constant amplitude and constant period for first two periods of a sinusoidal wave
7(a)(ii) peak or trough or corresponding time labelled P B1
7(a)(iii) (amplitude / maximum e.m.f.) increases B1
(e.m.f.) changes direction more often or greater frequency B1
7(b) alternating current in primary coil B1
alternating / changing magnetic field B1

or magnetic field cuts secondary coil (continuously)
(alternating) e.m.f. induced in the secondary coil B1

31/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(c) smaller current (and same resistance when the power is transmitted and an equal rate) B1
less thermal energy loss / produced (in cables) B1
8(a) B1
and between P and Q
8(b) 1.5 V c.a.o. B1
8(c)(i) 1600 Ω A3
(V800 Ω =) 4.0 (V) C1
(I =) V / R in any form or 4.0 / 800 or 0.0050 (A) or (R =) V / I or 8.0 / 0.0050 C1
OR (A3)
1600 Ω
(V800 Ω =) 4.0 (V) (C1)
(RTh =) R800 Ω × VTh / V800 Ω in any form or (RTh =) 800 × 8.0 / 4.0 in any form (C1)
OR (A3)
1600 Ω
12 8.0 RTh (C1)

or or
800+RTh RTh 800+RTh
12 8.0 (C1)
= in any form
800+RTh RTh

32/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(c)(ii) larger proportion of the e.m.f. (across thermistor) or smaller voltage across 800 Ω B1
temperature (of thermistor) is smaller / has decreased B1
resistance of thermistor / circuit is large(r) B1
9(a) 2 B1
1H
3
and 1H and in this order
9(b)(i) joining together of (small / H) nuclei B1
to produce a bigger nucleus / He nucleus or with the release of energy B1
9(b)(ii) ( 21H + 31H →) 01n B1
(+) 42 (….) B1
He or α seen B1

• geothermal (energy)
• tidal (energy)
• nuclear (energy)

33/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge IGCSE™
PHYSICS 0625/42
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
34/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

35/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

36/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
your working’.

37/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) same (as density of surrounding air) B1
1(b)(i) falls B1
1(b)(ii) volume decreases B1
density increases B1
1(c)(i) starts at origin B1
finishes horizontal by eye B1
gradient decreasing smoothly to 0 B1
1(c)(ii) 10 m / s2 (down) B1
0 ignore any unit B1
2(a) force × perpendicular distance from pivot / point B1
2(b) (F1d1 = F2d2 =) 500 × 20 = F × 12 C1

numbers substituted in any form
(F = 10 000 / 12 =) 830 N A1

38/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(c) clear diagram or description (of object) with pivot B1

and vertical forces / weights / masses / cord tension
causing moments in each direction
indicate / measure forces and perpendicular B1

distances
calculates a moment or shows / describes how to B1

AND confirms equality of total moment (in each direction)
AND statement of equilibrium / balance
3(a) (PE loss =) mgh AND (KE gain =) ½ mv2 B1
PE (loss) = KE (gain) B1
alternative route 1 for 1st two m.p.s
v2 = u2 + 2as (B1)
u=0 (B1)
alternative route 2 for 1st two m.p.s
s = ut + 0.5at2 OR h = 0.5gt2 (B1)
u = 0 AND t = √3 OR 1.73 (B1)
v2 (= 2gh) = 2 × 10 × 15 OR v2 = 300 OR v = 10√3 OR v = 10 × 1.73 B1
{v = 17 m / s AND v2 = 300 or v = 10√3} OR v = 17.3(2) m / s B1

39/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(b) (F =) change of p / (change of) time OR rate of change of momentum C1
(F =) 30 × 17.32 C1
(F =) 520 N A1
4(a)(i) random / haphazard / zig-zag / irregular B1
4(a)(ii) (liquid / water) molecules move fast OR (pollen) particles massive B1
collide / bombard B1
uneven collisions / collisions from different directions (cause random movement) OR (liquid / water) molecules move B1
randomly
4(b)(i) cooling B1
(thermal) energy used / needed to evaporate (ethanol) / overcome attractive forces(between molecules / particles) B1
thermal energy taken from skin / patient / person B1
alternative route for last two m.p.s
more / most energetic (liquid) molecules / particles escape OR less / least energetic (liquid) remain (B1)
less / least energetic molecules / particles linked to lower temp (of skin) (B1)
4(b)(ii) greater / increases / faster / higher B1

40/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a) air good insulator / poor conductor B1
holder / it stops / reduces conduction OR B1

no / less thermal energy conducted (to hand)
temperature (of outside of holder) lower (than cup) OR less energy to skin / hand / person B1
5(b) (put a) lid / cover (on cup) B1
mention of convection B1
less / no convection (from surface) B1
alternative route for last 2 m.p.s
mention of evaporation (B1)
less / no evaporation (from surface / container) (B1)
5(c) radiation B1
6(a) blue ray refracted MORE towards normal at first surface B1
refraction away from normal at second surface B1
ray of blue light below ray of green light and diverging throughout path (after entering prism) B1
6(b) v = fλ in any form OR (f=) v / λ C1
(f =) 3 × 108 ÷ 4.8 × 10–7 C1
(f =) 6.3 × 1014 Hz A1

41/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a) 3 lines from N face to S face B1

middle line must be straight AND perpendicular to end faces
at least 1 arrow from N to S B1

AND NO arrows from S to N
7(b)(i) needle perpendicular to end faces AND B1

{arrow pointing to S OR correctly labelled N OR S}
7(b)(ii) compass / needle / it aligns with field OR B1

compass / needle / it points in direction of magnetic field
OR compass / needle / it points to S(outh)
N pole of needle attracted to S of magnet(s) B1

OR N pole repelled by N of magnets
OR unlike poles attract / like poles repel
7(c) heat OR hammer B1
with magnet lying (magnetically ) E – W B1
OR place in coil / solenoid with a.c. (M1)
withdraw OR reduce current to 0 (A1)
8(a)(i) α in Box 4 / towards bottom of page B1
γ in Box 3 / no deflection B1
8(a)(ii) α in Box 1 / into page B1
γ in Box 3 / no deflection B1

42/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(b)(i) clockwise accept rotation arrow on diagram B1
force on L wire up / up arrow on L wire labelled force on diagram B1
force on RH wire down / down arrow on R wire labelled force on diagram B1
8(b)(ii) none / zero (moment) B1
8(b)(iii) current in coil reverses OR changes direction B1
force(s) (on wires in new positions) still up on L OR down on R owtte B1
9(a) anti-clockwise arrow labelled (conventional) current somewhere in circuit B1
electron (flow) arrow opposite to (conventional) current B1
9(b) Q = It in any form or (Q =) It OR 13 × 1 C1
(Q = It =) 13 × 1 (= 13 C) C1
(n = 13 / 1.6 × 10–19 =) 8.1 × 1019 A1
10(a) V = IR in any form or (R =) V / I C1
(R = 9.2 / 0.004 =) 2300 Ω A1

43/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(b) (much) greater current in lamp OR lamp activated / lights / glows / gets brighter owtte B1
resistance of thermistor / component / K reduced (compared to value at (very) low temperature) B1
voltage / p.d. of point X / across R increases M1
(larger) current in lamp A1
10(c) thermistor B1
11(a)(i) (initial CR adjusted for background = 220 – 20 =) 200 C1
(after 1 half-life CR adjusted for background =) 100 OR C1

(detected CR) = 120
2.4 min A1
11(a)(ii) 12 or 13 C1
(12 + 20 =) 32 OR (13 + 20 =) 33 A1
11(b) incorrect B1
container / (2 mm) plastic does not absorb / stop / block / is penetrated by γ B1
good extra detail e.g. any one of: B1

• container / (2 mm) plastic absorbs / stops α
• partially correct as statement
• need lead to stop γ
• γ is dangerous / harmful owtte

44/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge IGCSE™
PHYSICS 0625/43
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
45/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

46/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

47/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
your working’.

48/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) (extension =) 15 cm A2
F = kx OR x = F/k OR 3.0/0.2 C1
1(b) extension is proportional to load B1
up to the limit of proportionality, extension proportional to load B1
1(c) graph initially straight line with positive gradient that passes through the origin B1
point labelled, increasing gradient to the right B1
1(d) • from elastic / strain energy B3

• to gravitational potential energy
EITHER:
• to kinetic energy, when moving from A to equilibrium
OR from kinetic energy, when moving from equilibrium to B
2(a)(i) pressure = force/area B1

accept P inversely proportional to area
same force exerted by each group of books B1
area (in contact with bookshelf) in group B is greater OR area (in contact with bookshelf) in group A is smaller B1
2(a)(ii) (pressure =) 1900 Pa A3
force = 6 × 0.52 × 10 OR 31(.2) seen C1
area = 6 × 0.013 × 0.21 OR 0.016(38) seen OR 163.8 (cm2) C1

49/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(b) (depth =) 19 m A3
p = ρ gh OR (3.0 – 1.0) × 105 = 1030 × 10 × h in any form C1
h = (3.0 – 1.0) × 105/1030 × 10 OR h = 2.0 × 105/1030 × 10 C1
3(a) thinking time is constant B1
3(b) kinetic energy B1
kinetic energy = ½ mv2 B1
work done (to lose KE) = Fd B1

(so stopping distance is proportional to v2)
OR (alternative route)
time to decelerate is proportional to v (B1)
d = average v × t = ½ v × t (B1)
d is proportional to v2 (B1)
3(c)(i) 0.68 s A2
t = d/v OR 15/22 in any form C1
3(c)(ii) 15 000 N A2
Ft = change in momentum OR F × 2.1 = 1400 × 22 in any form C1

OR F = ma OR (F = )(1400 × 22)/2.1)

50/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
4(a)(i) Energy transferred when 1 kg / unit mass of a substance freezes or melts A2
Energy transferred when a substance freezes/melts/changes state C1
4(a)(ii) cup containing mixture of ice and water M1
mixture of ice and water will remain at 0 °C until all ice is melted (but A1
temperature of water at 0 °C rises) or reverse argument
OR energy needed for change of state so temperature doesn’t rise until this has taken place
4(b)(i) in evaporation more – energetic / faster moving molecules / molecules with high(er) kinetic energy escape (from surface) B1
low(er) energy / slow molecules remain OR so remaining liquid is cooler B1
thermal energy is taken from person to liquid (so person cools down) B1
4(b)(ii) (great(er) / fast(er) evaporation of sweat as) wind blows fast moving B1
molecules away OR molecules do not re-enter the liquid
5(a)(i) part of a circle, at least quarter of a circle, centred on centre of gap B1
waves same wavelength as incident waves B1
5(a)(ii) waves pass through gap remaining straight B1
less / no diffraction occurs B1
5(b) 1.8 m A2
λ = v/f OR 1500/850 in any form C1

51/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a) principal focuses marked in correct position B1
6(b) 1 mark for each of: B3

• 1 correct ray
• 2nd correct ray
• 3rd correct ray and image, labelled I, in correct position with arrow at bottom
6(c) real B1
inverted and enlarged B1
6(d)(i) (image produced by a magnifying glass is) upright B1

OR NOT inverted OR virtual
6(d)(ii) position marked between principal focus and lens B1
7(a) energy supplied M1
to drive a unit charge / 1 C round a complete circuit A1
7(b)(i) (R =) 2.3 Ω OR 2.2 Ω A3
R = V/I in any form C1
current in R = 4 (A) OR p.d. across R = 9 (V) C1
7(b)(ii) 1.1 Ω A3
resistance proportional to length (so twice length twice resistance) C1
resistance inversely proportional to area (so twice diameter decreases resistance by factor of 4) C1

52/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a) digital signal only two states – low or high OR 0 or 1 B1
analogue signal any value B1
8(b) B1
correct symbol for NOR gate
8(c)(i) AND B1
OR B1
8(c)(ii) rows 1, 2, 5, 6 all 1 B1
rows 3, 4, 7, 8 all 0 B1
9(a) (NS =) 24 000 A2
NS = NP × VS /VP OR 50 × 110 × 103 / 230 in any form C1
9(b) labelled diagram showing: B3

• (soft)-iron core
• copper coils
• fewer coils on secondary than primary
9(c) alternating voltage in primary B1
alternating / varying / changing magnetic field (in iron core) B1
voltage is induced in the secondary coil B1

53/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a)(i) curve bending downwards while in magnetic field (and labelled α) B1
10(a)(ii) curve bending in opposite direction from α while in magnetic field OR B1

up the page if no curve shown for α in (a)(i) (and labelled β)
greater curvature for β than for α B1
10(a)(iii) line passing straight through magnetic field (and labelled γ) B1
10(b) any two from: B2

• stand behind shielding provided / wall / as far away as possible
• store in lead-lined boxes
• limit exposure time / (monitoring exposure) with film badge
• do not allow pregnant staff to work
10(c)(i) 131 B1
53 I
10(c)(ii) any two from: B2

• γ can be detected outside body
• needs long enough half-life to be detected / reach part of the body required
• needs short enough half-life to soon have very little activity
• gamma weakly ionising or pass out of body without harm

54/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge IGCSE™
PHYSICS 0625/41
Paper 4 Extended Theory October/November 2021
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2021 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level
components.
55/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

0625/41 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November 2021
PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

56/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

57/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
your working’.

58/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Examples of how to apply the list rule
State three reasons…. [3]
A 1 Correct  F 1 Correct 
2 Correct  2 (4 responses) 2 Correct 
2
3 Wrong  3 Correct 
CON (of 3.) (discount 3)
B 1 Correct, Correct , 
G 1 Correct 
(4 responses) 2 Correct  3
(5 responses) 2 Correct 
3 Wrong ignore
3
3 Correct 
Correct ignore
CON (of 4.) ignore
C 1 Correct 
(4 responses) 2 Correct, Wrong ,  2
3 Correct ignore H 1 Correct 
(4 responses) 2 Correct 
2
3 CON (of 2.) (discount 2)
D 1 Correct 
Correct 
(4 responses) 2 Correct, CON , (discount 2)
2
(of 2.)
3 Correct  I 1 Correct 
2
3 Correct 
E 1 Correct 
3 Correct, Wrong 

59/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
RM Assessor 3 annotations:
annotation suggested use annotation suggested use
tick mark awarded (note the ticks are added up next wavy line used to highlight a particular point
to the tick annotation, check the total you enter (horizontal or
agrees) vertical)
cross no mark awarded CON contradiction
SEEN indicates page seen
BOD benefit of doubt given NAQ not answered question
NBOD no benefit of doubt given PD poor diagram
on page comment gives a text box to write comment –much easier SF error in number of significant figures
to use than in the previous version of RM significant figure error not penalized.
assessor SFSF
POT power-of-ten error
POT POT POT penalty not applied as already applied
ECF error carried forward TV too vague
^ omission mark I ignore
? unclear
U unit penalty applied SC special case

UU unit penalty not applied because already applied
earlier in same question

60/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
NOTES ABOUT MARK SCHEME SYMBOLS AND OTHER MATTERS
B marks are independent marks, which do not depend on other marks. For a B mark to be scored, the point to which it refers must be
M marks are method marks upon which further marks depend. For an M mark to be scored, the point to which it refers must be seen in
a candidate's answer. If a candidate fails to score a particular M mark, then none of the dependent marks can be scored.
C marks are compensatory marks in general applicable to numerical questions. These can be scored even if the point to which they
refer are not written down by the candidate, provided subsequent working gives evidence that they must have known it.
For example, if an equation carries a C mark and the candidate does not write down the actual equation but does correct
substitution or working which shows he knew the equation, then the C mark is scored. A C mark is not awarded if a candidate
makes two points which contradict each other. Points which are wrong but irrelevant are ignored.
A marks In general, A marks are awarded for final answers to numerical questions. If a final numerical answer, eligible for A marks, is
correct, with the correct unit and an acceptable number of significant figures, all the marks for that question are normally
awarded.
Brackets ( ) Brackets around words or units in the mark scheme are intended to indicate wording used to clarify the mark scheme, but the
marks do not depend on seeing the words or units in brackets, e.g. 10 (J) means that the mark is scored for 10, regardless of
the unit given. However, if a word in brackets is replaced with another word that is clearly wrong then the mark should not be
awarded.
Underlining Underlining indicates that this must be seen in the answer offered, or something very similar.
OR / or This indicates alternative answers, any one of which is satisfactory for scoring the marks.
eeoo. This means "each error or omission".
owtte. This means “or words to that effect”.
Ignore This indicates that something which is not correct or irrelevant i.e. it is not a contradiction (CON) is to be disregarded and does
not incur a penalty.
Spelling Be generous about spelling and use of English. If an answer can be understood to mean what we want, give credit. However,
do not allow ambiguities, e.g. spelling which suggests confusion between reflection / refraction / diffraction or
thermistor / transistor / transformer.

61/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Not/NOT This indicates that an incorrect answer is not to be disregarded, but cancels another otherwise correct alternative offered by
the candidate, i.e. right plus wrong penalty applies.
ecf meaning "error carried forward" is mainly applicable to numerical questions, but may in particular circumstances be applied in
non-numerical questions. This indicates that if a candidate has made an earlier mistake and has carried an incorrect value
forward to subsequent stages of working, marks indicated by ecf may be awarded, provided the subsequent working is correct,
bearing in mind the earlier mistake. This prevents a candidate from being penalised more than once for a particular mistake,
but only applies to marks annotated ecf in the mark scheme. Always annotate ecf if applied.
cao correct answer only
Significant Answers are normally acceptable to any number of significant figures ⩾ 2.

Figures Any exceptions to this general rule will be specified in the mark scheme. Annotate with SF from the toolbar. A second (or
further) sig. fig. error in a single question is not penalised; annotate with SF SF. It is normally acceptable to quote just 1 s.f. for
answers, which are exact to 1 s.f
Units Deduct one mark for each incorrect or missing unit from an answer that would otherwise gain all the marks available for that
answer: maximum 1 per question. No deduction is incurred if the unit is missing from the final answer but is shown correctly
in the working. Annotate with U.
For more than one unit error in a question, annotate UU to indicate an error which has not been penalised.
Unless listed here or stated in the mark scheme for the question, do not accept derived units e.g. kg m s-2 for N is NOT
acceptable. The following are acceptable alternatives: Nm for J, Js-1 or Nms-1 for W, Nm-2 for Pa, Ns and kg m s-1 are both
acceptable for both momentum and impulse.
Beware : J NOT acceptable for moments.
Condone wrong use of upper and lower case symbols, e.g. pA for Pa.
Arithmetic errors If the only error in arriving at a final answer is clearly an arithmetic one, then the mark awarded will be one mark lower than the
maximum mark.
Regard a power-of-ten error as an arithmetic error unless otherwise specified in the mark scheme. Annotate with POT. Do not
penalise the same POT error more than once. Annotate POT POT. However if the power-of-ten error is due to the wrong
omission or inclusion of g (= 10 N / kg) this rule does not apply.
The use of a wrong SI prefix in the final answer is counted as a power-of-ten error rather than a unit error.
Transcription errors If the only error in arriving at a final answer is because previously calculated data has clearly been misread, but used correctly,
then for that part question the mark will be one less than the maximum mark.
Fractions Allow these only where specified in the mark scheme; they are a form of sig. fig. error; annotate with SF. Consequently, when
a sig. fig. error and a fraction is used in the same question, the second answer may still be awarded full marks.

62/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Crossed out Work which has been crossed out and not replaced but can easily be read, should be marked as if it had not been crossed
out. Look to see if it has been replaced on a blank page or another part of the same page.
Use of NR (# or / key on the keyboard). Use this if the answer space for a question is completely blank or contains no readable words,
figures or symbols.

63/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) it / a vector has a direction B1
1(b) two / three vectors and no more than one other quantity underlined C1
acceleration and momentum and velocity underlined and no others A1
1(c)(i) 5.5 N B1
1(c)(ii) correct right-angled triangle / rectangle / intersecting arcs seen e.g. B1
(magnitude from) 9.6 to 10.0 N B1
(angle to vertical from) 54.0 to 57.5° B1
1(c)(iii) any two of: B2

equal (in magnitude)
opposite (in direction)
the ring is in equilibrium or no resultant force on ring
or forces on ring balance

64/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(a) (quantity of thermal) energy or energy (to increase temperature) or energy (transferred by heating) C1
energy to increase temperature (of an object) per degree Celsius 1 °C A1
2(b)(i) (internal energy) depends on kinetic energy (of molecules) B1
kinetic energy (of molecules) decreases or potential energy (of molecules) decreases B1
2(b)(ii) (ΔE =) mcΔT in any form or 0.24 × 4200 × 17 C1
1.7 × 104 J A1
2(c)(i) k.e. of molecules / (thermal) energy absorbed (from water / surroundings) or energy absorbed from (cooling) water B1
supplies latent heat or energy used to overcome intermolecular forces / to break bonds B1
2(c)(ii) any determination of mass B1
determine change in mass (of ice) / increase in mass of water or dry the ice or ensure water is at 0 °C / equilibrium is B1
established or insulate the beaker
use (lf =) E / m in any form B1

65/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a) any three of: B3

they / molecules collide with inner surface
momentum (of a molecule) changes / reverses
force exerted / impulse
force spread over area / surface or p = F / A
3(b)(i) (V2 =) p1V1 / p2 in any form or 630 × 1.0 × 105 / 1.4 × 105 C1
450 cm3 or 4.5 × 10–4 cm3 or 0.45 dm3 A1
3(b)(ii) any two of: B2

molecules move more slowly / have less kinetic energy
pressure (inside balloon) decreases or pressure is directly proportional to temperature or p ∝ T
volume is directly proportional to temperature or V ∝ T
molecular collisions less frequent
molecular collisions less violent / hard / exert smaller impulse
water / external pressure compresses balloon or
water pressure greater (and balloon compressed)

66/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
4(a)(i) straight line begins at (15 s, 120 m) and continues to end of given line B1
4(a)(ii) curve with increasing gradient from origin to beginning of candidate’s (a)(i) B1
4(b) (Ek =) ½mv2 in any form C1
½ × 1.8 × 105 × 202 C1
3.6 × 107 J A1
4(c)(i) (work done =) force × distance (moved in the direction of the force) C1
(work done =) force × distance moved in the direction of the force A1
4(c)(ii) 240 m c.a.o. B1
4(c)(iii) 3.6 × 107 / 240 or kinetic energy / distance or (a =) 20 / 24 or Δv / t in any form or 0.83 or (F =) ma in any form C1
1.5 × 105 N A1

67/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a) (point) where (parallel) rays (of light) meet (after passing through lens) C1
point) where parallel rays (of light) meet / are focussed (after passing through lens) or (point) through which rays (of light) A1
that emerge parallel pass (before reaching lens)
5(b) distance between principal focus / focal point and optical centre / lens B1
5(c)(i) vertical line labelled L 4.0 (± 0.2) cm to the right of O B1
5(c)(ii) paraxial ray from tip of O to candidate’s lens and from lens to tip of I or paraxial ray from lens to tip of I and from tip of O C1
to candidate’s lens
3.0 (± 0.2) cm A1
5(c)(iii) fourth box ticked i.e: B1
reversed / inverted B1

68/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a)(i) (J) ultraviolet (radiation)

(K) infrared (radiation)
(L) radio (waves)
two correct C1
all three correct A1
6(a)(ii) L or radio (waves) B1
6(b) (c =) 3.0 × 108 (m / s) seen C1
(f =) v / λ in any form or 3.0 × 108 / 1.2 × 10–9 C1
2.5 × 1017 Hz A1
6(c)(i) stated medical use (e.g. treating cancer / X-ray shadowgraph / sterilising equipment) B1
statement of what happens to the X-rays (e.g. absorbed by tumour / bones / bacteria) B1
stated consequence (e.g. tumour killed or image / picture / shadow / photograph produced) B1
6(c)(ii) can cause burns / (cell) mutation / cell damage / tumours / cancer / damages DNA etc. B1

69/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a) electrons mentioned B1
negative charges / electrons move from cloth or move to rod B1
7(b)(i) electrons / negative charge(s) repelled to earth or ball charged by induction B1
ball positively charged B1
opposite charges attract B1
7(b)(ii) B1
negatively charged (by rod) or ball discharges / becomes neutral
B1
repelled by rod or pulled down by gravity / its weight

70/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a) Q / t or (rate of) flow of (electric) charge / electrons B1
8(b) I2 – I1
(current in the 450 Ω resistor =) .............................................................. B1
8(c) (V450 Ω =) IR or 0.012 × 450 or 5.4 (V) or 9.0 – 5.4 or 3.6 (V) seen C1
(I =) 3.6 / 800 or 0.0045 (A) C1
(P =) VI or 3.6 × 0.0045 or 3.62 / 800 C1
1.6 × 10–2 W or 16 mW A1
8(d) B1
resistance (of LDR) decreases
C1
current (in circuit) increases or resistance of parallel pair decreases
A1
p.d. across 800 Ω resistor increases and or resistance of parallel pair a smaller fraction
p.d. across of total resistance and p.d.
450 Ω resistor decreases across 450 Ω resistor decreases

71/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a) (very small) nucleus and surrounded by electrons (in orbit / shells) B1
92 protons or 92 electrons or number of protons = number of electrons B1
protons and neutrons in nucleus B1
143 neutrons B1
9(b) (uranium-238 has) three more neutrons (in nucleus) B1
9(c) 94
(38) (E)
B1
(94) B1
38 (E)
9(d)(i) 55 B1
9(d)(ii) 140 B1

72/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge IGCSE™
PHYSICS 0625/42
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
components.
73/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

74/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

75/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
your working’.

76/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
A 1 Correct  F 1 Correct 
2 Correct  2 (4 responses) 2 Correct 
2
3 Wrong  3 Correct 
B 1 Correct, Correct , 
G 1 Correct 
(5 responses) 2 Correct 
3 Wrong ignore
3
3 Correct 
Correct ignore
CON (of 4.) ignore
C 1 Correct 
(4 responses) 2 Correct, Wrong ,  2
3 Correct ignore H 1 Correct 
2
3 CON (of 2.) (discount 2)
D 1 Correct 
Correct 
(4 responses) 2 Correct, CON , (discount 2)
2
(of 2.)
3 Correct  I 1 Correct 
2
3 Correct 
E 1 Correct 
3 Correct, Wrong 

77/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
RM Assessor3 annotations:
agrees) vertical)
assessor SFSF

? unclear

UU unit penalty not applied because already
applied earlier in same question

78/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
NOTES ABOUT MARK SCHEME SYMBOLS & OTHER MATTERS
M marks are method marks upon which further marks depend. For an M mark to be scored, the point to which it refers must be seen in
a candidate's answer. If a candidate fails to score a particular M mark, then none of the dependent marks can be scored.
A marks In general, A marks are commonly awarded for final answers to numerical questions. If a final numerical answer, eligible for A
marks, is correct, with the correct unit and an acceptable number of significant figures, all the marks for that question are
awarded.
awarded.
eeoo. This means ‘each error or omission’.
owtte. This means ‘or words to that effect’.

79/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Not / NOT This indicates that an incorrect answer is not to be disregarded, but cancels another otherwise correct alternative offered by
ecf meaning ‘error carried forward’ is mainly applicable to numerical questions, but may in particular circumstances be applied in
Significant Answers are normally acceptable to any number of significant figures ⩾ 2.

Figures Any exceptions to this general rule will be specified in the mark scheme. Annotate with SF from the toolbar. A second (or
further) sig. fig. error in a single question is not penalised; annotate with SF SF. It is normally acceptable to quote just 1 s.f. for
answers, which are exact to 1 s.f
Unless listed here or stated in the mark scheme for the question, do not accept derived units e.g. kg m s-2 for N is NOT
acceptable. The following are acceptable alternatives: Nm for J, Js–1 or Nms–1 for W, Nm–2 for Pa, Ns and kg m s–1 are both
Beware: J NOT acceptable for moments.
maximum mark.

80/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
figures or symbols.
Annotation
To increase marking transparency, reduce the number of enquiries about results and assist team leaders, the following is mandatory:
• For all questions with two or more marks, examiners should tick to indicate where each credit is awarded.
• For questions with one mark, examiners do not need to annotate the script to indicate that credit is awarded.
• Any text annotation or annotation in a comment box should never contain -1 or allow a possible misinterpretation that negative
marking was applied.
Normally place the ticks close to where the mark is scored.

81/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) (acceleration) increases B1
1(b) tangent drawn at 25 s M1
78 to 82 m / s2 A1
1(c) (distance =) area under graph (stated or correct area clearly shown on graph) OR (400 x 10) / 2 OR (b x h) ÷ 2 C1
2000 m A1
2(a) extension is (directly) proportional to load (if elastic limit is not exceeded) B1
2(b)(i) 0 to 20.5 + / – 0.5 N B1
2(b)(ii) (k = ) F / x OR (k =) 1 / gradient C1
140 N / m OR 0.14 N / mm A1
2(b)(iii) 60 OR 61 OR 62 OR 63 (mm) seen C1
180 mm OR 0.18 m A1
2(c) W = mg in any form OR (m =) W / g OR (m) = 4 / 8.7 C1
0.46 kg A1

82/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a) momentum before collision = momentum after collision B1
(initial momentum (p) =) 800 × 2 OR 1600 (kg m / s) B1
(v =) (1600 – 1300) / 800 OR 300 / 800 OR 0.38 (m / s) B1
3(b)(i) (impulse =) change in momentum C1
1300 Ns A1
3(b)(ii) same value as (b)(i) OR 1300 (Ns) B1
4(a) (statement) renewable B1
(explanation) (wind) is) replaced / replenished OR does not run out OR is not used up OR is an infinite energy resource B1

geothermal
nuclear
tidal
4(c) chemical B1
gravitational potential B1

83/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a) wires of 2 different metals B1
one junction clearly in each liquid B1
voltmeter / ammeter / galvanometer correctly connected B1
5(b) any two from B2

• expansion of liquid
• expansion of solid
• expansion of gas
• density (of liquid)
• (electrical) resistance
5(c) any two from B2

• large range
• (measure) high temperatures
• remote sensing
• small size OR small mass
• small thermal capacity
• suitable for data logging
• responds quickly OR measures rapidly varying temperatures OR temperature changing continuously

84/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a)(i) C in line with smallest gap between dots B1
6(a)(ii) R in line with largest gap between dots B1
6(a)(iii) arrow corresponds to wavelength B1
6(b) 1500 m / s B1
6(c) v = fλ in any form OR (f =) v / λ C1
(f =) 1500 / 0.12 C1
(f =) 13 kHz OR 13 000 Hz A1
6(d) statement consistent with candidate’s answer to 6c M1
ultrasound is above 20 000 Hz A1

85/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a)(i) i = 60° used or seen C1
sin i / sin r =n in any form C1
ray refracted toward normal and toward AC C1
ray clearly refracted down in prism reaching AC with r = 35(°) A1
7(a)(ii) 10° B1
7(b) refracted away from normal B1
7(c)(i) (total internal) reflection at X B1

NOT refraction at X or anywhere else
reaches end of fibre with only one additional reflection (off lower internal edge of fibre) B1
7(c)(ii) total internal reflection B1
8(a)(i) clearly more –ve (than +ve) on left AND more +ve (than –ve) on right B1
same number of +ve and - ve B1
8(a)(ii) -ve charges (flow) from earth OR -ve charges flow to object B1
electrons flow to balance (excess) +ve charge on the object B1
8(b) I = Q / t in any form OR (Q =) It C1
(Q =) 0.65 × 10–3 × 2.2 × 60 C1
(Q =) 0.086 C A1

86/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a) 7.5 V B1
9(b)(i) 1 / Rp = 1 / R1 + 1 / R2 OR (Rp =) R1R2 / (R1 + R2) in any form C1
(Rp =) 1.2 (Ω) C1
3.2 Ω A1
9(b)(ii) (V =) IR in any form C1
4.1 V A1
10(a) OR (gate) B1
10(b) 0 B1
1 B1
10(c) prevents electrocution OR metal case cannot become live OR metal case always at earth potential / voltage B1
(if) live wire touches metal case B1
10(d)(i) if current too high B1
fuse melts B1
10(d)(ii) 13 A (circled) B1
fuse rating/value above but near (to) normal operating current/ 10 A B1
OR
fuse rating/value slightly higher (than) normal operating current /10A

OWTTE

87/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
11(a) (very small) nucleus AND (surrounded by) electrons (in orbit / shells) B1
neutrons and protons in nucleus B1
4 electrons (in atom) OR number of electrons = number of protons B1
4 neutrons (in nucleus) B1
11(b) 135 B1
on left
55
Cs on left B1
135 B1
Ba on right
56
+β on right OR –β on left B1

88/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge IGCSE™
PHYSICS 0625/43
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
components.
89/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

90/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

91/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
your working’.

92/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
A 1. Correct  F 1. Correct 
2. Correct  2 (4 responses) 2. Correct 
2
3. Wrong  3. Correct 
B 1. Correct, Correct , 
(4 responses) 2. Correct  3 G 1. Correct 
3. Wrong ignore (5 responses) 2. Correct 
3. Correct  3
Correct ignore
C 1. Correct  CON (of 4.) ignore
(4 responses) 2. Correct, Wrong ,  2
3. Correct ignore
H 1. Correct 
(4 responses) 2. Correct 
2
D 1. Correct  3. CON (of 2.) (discount 2)
(4 responses) 2. Correct, CON (of 2.) , (discount 2) 2 Correct 
3. Correct 
I 1. Correct 
E 1. Correct  (4 responses) 2. Correct 
2
(4 responses) 2. Correct  3 3. Correct 
3. Correct, Wrong  CON (of 2.) (discount 2)

93/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
agrees) vertical)
assessor SFSF
? unclear

UU unit penalty not applied because already applied

94/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
M marks are method marks upon which accuracy marks (A marks) later depend. For an M mark to be scored, the point to which it refers
must be seen in a candidate's answer. If a candidate fails to score a particular M mark, then none of the dependent A marks
can be scored.
C marks are compensatory marks in general applicable to numerical questions. These can be scored even if the point to which they refer
are not written down by the candidate, provided subsequent working gives evidence that they must have known it. For
example, if an equation carries a C mark and the candidate does not write down the actual equation but does correct substitution
or working which shows he knew the equation, then the C mark is scored. A C mark is not awarded if a candidate makes two
points which contradict each other. Points which are wrong but irrelevant are ignored.
A marks In general, A marks are commonly awarded for final answers to numerical questions. If a final numerical answer, eligible for A
marks, is correct, with the correct unit and an acceptable number of significant figures, all the marks for that question are awarded.
awarded.
eeoo. This means "each error or omission".
owtte. This means “or words to that effect”.
do not allow ambiguities, e.g. spelling which suggests confusion between reflection / refraction / diffraction or thermistor /
transistor / transformer.

95/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Not/NOT This indicates that an incorrect answer is not to be disregarded, but cancels another otherwise correct alternative offered by the
candidate, i.e. right plus wrong penalty applies.
ecf meaning "error carried forward" is mainly applicable to numerical questions, but may in particular circumstances be applied in
bearing in mind the earlier mistake. This prevents a candidate from being penalised more than once for a particular mistake, but
only applies to marks annotated ecf in the mark scheme. Always annotate ecf if applied.
cao correct answer only.
Significant Answers are normally acceptable to any number of significant figures ≥ 2.

Figures Any exceptions to this general rule will be specified in the mark scheme. Annotate with SF from the toolbar. A second (or further)
sig. fig. error in a single question is not penalised; annotate with SF SF. It is normally acceptable to quote just 1 s.f. for answers,
which are exact to 1 s.f.
Unless listed here or stated in the mark scheme for the question, do not accept derived units e.g. kg m s-2 for N is NOT acceptable.
The following are acceptable alternatives: Nm for J, Js-1 or Nms-1 for W, Nm-2 for Pa, Ns and kg m s-1 are both acceptable for
both momentum and impulse.
maximum mark.
penalise the same POT error more than once. Annotate POT POT. However if the power-of-ten error is due to the wrong omission
or inclusion of g (= 10 N / kg) this rule does not apply.

96/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
figures or symbols.
Annotation
• Any text annotation or annotation in a comment box should never contain -1 or allow a possible misinterpretation that negative
marking was applied.

97/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) 0.0069 m / s2 A2
15 − 7.5 C1
(acceleration =) gradient of graph or Δv / Δt in any form OR
( 60 − 42 ) 60
1(b) 48 000 m or 48 km A3
area under graph C1
1 C1
(18 × 7.5 × 60 ) + ( 7.5 × 18 × 60 ) + (15 × 40 × 60 )
2
1(c)(i) (force =) 2.0 × 105 N A2
(F =) ma OR 2.3 × 107 × 0.0087 in any form C1
1(c)(ii) there is a backward / drag force OR water resistance B1
2(a) (rate of transfer of gravitational potential energy =) 0.17 W A4
(gravitational PE lost =) mgh in any form OR 12 × 10 × 1.7 C1
(gravitational PE lost =) 204 (J) C1
(gravitational PE lost / s =) 204 / 1200 C1
2(b) 59% OR 0.59 A2
efficiency = useful power output / power input (× 100%) in any form OR 0.10 / 0.17 × 100% C1
2(c) any sensible advantage, e.g. no use of (fossil) fuel, no cost to run, can be used in remote areas, no CO2 / air pollution, no B1
greenhouse gases, does not contribute to global warming

98/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a)(i) B2
pressure in a liquid increases with depth OR pressure decreases (as bubble rises) B1
pressure (of gas) is inversely proportional to volume OR internal pressure greater than external pressure (momentarily) B1
OR (air) molecules do not have to hit surface of bubble as frequently (to stop the bubble collapsing) OR the bubble is not
as strongly compressed
3(a)(ii) 0.50 cm3 A4
PV = constant, in any form C1
P (due to water) = ρgh, in any form C1
[1.0 × 105 + (1000 × 10 × 3.0)] × 0.40 = [1.0 × 105 + (1000 × 10 × 0.5)] × V2 C1
3(b) B2
paper is not compressed as much / less force on piston B B1
air can be compressed OR some of the energy is used to compress the air (instead of the paper) B1
4 B4
(temperature of air increases) so molecules move faster / their KE increases B1
molecules collide with walls of container and change momentum B1
greater change of momentum when temperature is higher OR collisions more frequent OR harder collisions OR force = B1
rate of change of momentum
(higher force and hence) higher pressure B1

99/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a)(i) 1.2 kg A2
7600 × 0.41 C1
(m =) volume constant so mass directly proportional to density
2600
5(a)(ii) 0.37 J / °C A2
(thermal capacity =) mass × specific heat capacity C1
5(a)(iii) 48 J A2
(E =) mcΔT OR 1.2 × 0.50 × (100 – 20) in any form C1
5(b) electrons mentioned B1
(metals have) electrons free to move / delocalised (which transfer thermal energy) B1

100/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a) B5
method of producing sound, e.g. clap for echo method or gun for direct measurement, sig gen or loudspeaker, hammer B1
on block
apparatus used, e.g. stopwatch, long tape, trundle wheel, wall if using echo method, metre rule, microphones and timer or B1
microphones and oscilloscope
detail of measurement of (long) distance, e.g. measure distance between person and the wall, measure distance between B1
loudspeaker and microphone or measure distance between two microphones
detail of measurement of time OR appropriate time measured, e.g. at one end start stopwatch when smoke seen from B1
gun and stop it when sound heard, start stopwatch when gun heard / clap heard and stop when echo heard, measure time
taken between clap and hearing echo, timer starts when first microphone receives signal and stops when second receives
signal OR measurement of wavelength, e.g. move one microphone away until two waves on oscilloscope have moved
one wavelength apart
speed = measured distance / time for direct method B1

OR speed = 2 × distance from student clapping to wall / time for echo method
OR distance between microphones = wavelength AND v = f × λ
6(b) B2
wavelength of light is (much) smaller than width of doorway or wavelength of sound B1
wavelength of sound is similar to width of doorway OR λ ≃ width of gap for diffraction to occur OR larger wavelength B1
results in greater diffraction ORA

101/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a)(i) B2
ray approaching left hand face of prism closer to normal than emerging ray B1
ray entering right hand face of prism showing refraction towards normal for ray already drawn B1
7(a)(ii) light of single frequency B1
7(b)(i) 3(.0) × 108 m / s B1
7(b)(ii) 5.8 × 1014 Hz A2
(f =) v / λ in any form OR 3.0 × 108 / 5.2 × 10–7 C1
7(b)(iii) 2.0 × 108 m / s A2
refractive index = speed of light in air / speed of light in glass in any form C1
8(a) B2
five straight, parallel vertical lines, equally spaced by eye, between plates B1
arrow head pointing upwards on at least one line and none wrong B1
8(b)(i) 11 A A2
(I =) P / V in any form OR 2400 = I220 C1
8(b)(ii) 9900 C OR 9800 C A2
(Q =) It in any form OR (Q =) 11 × 15 × 60 C1
8(b)(iii) 13 A B1

102/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a)(i) B2
four components joined in series B1
all circuit symbols correct for resistor, thermistor, a filament lamp and a power supply B1
9(a)(ii) voltmeter connected in parallel to the resistor B1
9(a)(iii) (p.d. across terminals of power supply) = 18 V A4
(current through resistor when p.d. across it is 6.0 V =) 0.4 A C1
current same through all components in series circuit C1

OR horizontal line through 0.4 A on graph through all three curves
OR p.d. across filament lamp = 3.0 V
OR p.d. across thermistor = 9.0 V
p.d. across filament lamp = 3.0 V AND p.d, across thermistor = 9.0 V C1
9(b) any sensible use requiring temperature control or depending on temperature, e.g. fire alarms, to keep computers cool (by B1
operating fan), in incubators, electronic thermometer, electronic thermostat in kettle / car engine

103/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a)(i) 6.0 V A2
(VS =) NSVP / NP in any form or (VS =) (25 × 120) / 500 C1
10(a)(ii) 2.5 A OR 2500 mA A2
(IS =) IP VP / VS in any form OR (0.125 × 120) / 6.0 C1
10(b)(i) arrow right to left along loose part of wire or any other correct position B1
10(b)(ii) B2
wire moves up B1
(reversing direction of the current) reverses the direction of force B1
10(c) coil does not continue to rotate in the same direction B1
11(a)(i) background radiation OR any reasonable specific source of background radiation e.g. cosmic rays, the sun, space, building materials, B1
earth, rocks, radon gas, student etc.
11(a)(ii) (radioactive decay is a) random (process) B1
11(b) B3
U: proton no 92 and nucleon number 238 B1
Th: proton number 90 and nucleon number 234 B1
α: proton number 2 and nucleon number 4 B1
11(c) 11 A2
three half lives or evidence of multiplying half-life by 3 C1

104/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge IGCSE™
PHYSICS 0625/42
Paper 4 Extended Theory March 2020
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
105/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed instructions or in the application of generic level
descriptors.

106/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

107/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5 ‘List rule’ guidance (see examples below)
• The response should be read as continuous prose, even when numbered answer spaces are provided
• Any response marked ignore in the mark scheme should not count towards n
• Incorrect responses should not be awarded credit but will still count towards n
should be treated as a single incorrect response
your working’.
For answers given in standard form, (e.g. a × 10n) in which the convention of restricting the value of the coefficient (a) to a value between 1

108/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
M marks are method marks upon which accuracy marks (A marks) later depend. For an M mark to be scored, the point to which it
refers must be seen in a candidate's answer. If a candidate fails to score a particular M mark, then none of the dependent A
marks can be scored.
A marks A marks are accuracy or answer marks which either depend on an M mark, or which are one of the ways which allow a C
mark to be scored. A marks are commonly awarded for final answers to numerical questions. If a final numerical answer,
eligible for A marks, is correct, with the correct unit and an acceptable number of significant figures, all the marks for that
question are awarded.
However, an A mark following an M mark is a dependent mark and is only awarded if the M mark has been awarded.
awarded.
Ignore This indicates that something which is not correct or irrelevant i.e. it is not a contradiction (CON) is to be disregarded and
does not incur a penalty.

109/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
do not allow ambiguities, e.g. spelling which suggests confusion between reflection / refraction / diffraction or thermistor /
Not / NOT This indicates that an incorrect answer is not to be disregarded, but cancels another otherwise correct alternative offered by
forward to subsequent stages of working, marks indicated by ecf may be awarded, provided the subsequent working is
correct, bearing in mind the earlier mistake. This prevents a candidate from being penalised more than once for a particular
mistake, but only applies to marks annotated ecf in the mark scheme. Always annotate ecf if applied.
Significant Figures Answers are normally acceptable to any number of significant figures ⩾ 2.
Any exceptions to this general rule will be specified in the mark scheme. Annotate with SF from the toolbar. A second (or
further) sig. fig. error in a single question is not penalised; annotate with SF SF. It is normally acceptable to quote just 1 s.f.
for answers, which are exact to 1 s.f
Unless listed here or stated in the mark scheme for the question, do not accept derived units e.g. kg m s–2 for N is NOT
acceptable. The following are acceptable alternatives: N m for J, J s–1 or N ms–1 for W, N m–2 for Pa, N s and kg m s–1 are both
Beware: J NOT acceptable for moments.
Arithmetic errors If the only error in arriving at a final answer is clearly an arithmetic one, then the mark awarded will be one mark lower than
the maximum mark.

110/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Transcription errors If the only error in arriving at a final answer is because previously calculated data has clearly been misread, but used
correctly, then for that part question the mark will be one less than the maximum mark.
figures or symbols.
RM Assessor 3
Please note that 0625 papers are now marked using RM assessor3. Videos and documents are available by using the Help icon in the top right
hand corner when logged in or from the RM support site. Familiarisation mode is also available on RM Assessor 3.
The tool bar is now located on the left of the screen and you drag items used frequently to the right hand side of the tool bar. Note – the tool bar
won’t be visible until you have scripts to mark rather than just browse.
tick mark awarded (note the ticks are wavy line (horizontal or used to highlight a particular point
added up next to the tick annotation, vertical)
check the total you enter agrees)

111/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
on page comment gives a text box to write comment – SF error in number of significant figures
much easier to use than in the significant figure error not penalized.
previous version of RM assessor SFSF

POT POT POT penalty not applied as already
applied
? unclear

UU unit penalty not applied because
already applied earlier in same
question
Guidance on the expression: words, symbols or numbers

Accept numbers if, in the context of the question, that number can reasonably be a value for the quantity in the equation / formula.
Accept alternative symbols that can reasonably represent the quantity in the equation but not if there is confusion with another quantity that is
represented by that symbol in the syllabus e.g. Q is often acceptable for thermal energy but not if, as has happened, if there is confusion with
charge.
Linking pages to other questions RM Assessor3

It is not unusual for candidates to write all or parts of answers to question outside the normal marking zone for that question. It is absolutely vital
that such work is marked. Examiners need to follow up cases where candidates reach the end of the answer zone in the middle of a sentence or
cross out all the work that fills the answer zone, or use an asterisk or arrowed line or otherwise to suggest that an answer is completed or replaced
elsewhere on the paper.
If all the extra work is clearly visible in the next marking zone there is no need to link it.

112/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
In all other cases where there is extra work that cannot be seen in the normal marking zone, examiners will need to use full screen mode to find
the page which needs linking to a particular question and click ‘link to question’. The page is then automatically linked to that question and will
appear below the zone for that question when marked.
Blank Pages and Blank AOs

There are no blank pages.
Annotate with ‘seen’ from toolbar that you have seen any blank Additional Objects.
Annotation
• Any text annotation or annotation in a comment box should never contain –1 or allow a possible misinterpretation that negative marking was
applied.

113/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) (a=)Δv / Δt in any form OR (a=)Δv / Δt OR (a)=120 / 8 C1
(a) = 15 m / s2 A1
1(b)(i) straight line from (0,0) to (8,120) B1
1(b)(ii) (h = A =) ½ × 120 × 8 C1
(h=) 480 m A1
1(b)(iii) rising curve from 8 s to 20 s B1
decreasing gradient from 8 s to 20 s B1
horizontal from 20 s to 25 s AND below 200 m / s, AND above 120 m / s B1
2(a) (impulse =) change of momentum C1
(impulse =) 71(10 – 4) C1
(impulse =) 430 N s A1
2(b)(i) (impulse =) force × time B1
2(b)(ii) (av F =) impulse / time (= 430 / 1.2) C1
(av F =) 360 N A1
2(c) F= ma in any form OR (F =) ma OR 71 × 6.4 C1
(F=) 450 N A1

114/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a)(i) KE = ½ mv2 in any form OR v2 = 2 × KE / m C1

OR 240 = ½ × 7.5 v2
v2 = 2 × 240 / 7.5 OR (v=) √{2 × 240 / 7.5 } C1

OR (v=) √{2KE / m }
= 8.0 m / s A1
3(a)(ii) 240 W B1
3(b)(i) P = VI in any form OR 11 × 2 C1
22 W A1
3(b)(ii) (efficiency =) Po / Pi OR (efficiency =) Po / Pi C1

OR (efficiency =) (11 × 2 / 240) × 100
{efficiency = (11 × 2 / 240) × 100 =} 9.2 (%) A1
3(c) ρ = m / V in any form OR (V =) m / ρ C1

OR (V = )7.5 / 1.3
(V = 7.5 / 1.3 =) 5.8 m3 A1

115/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
4(a) (thermal) energy to change state o.w.t.t.e. M1
to melt (solid) per kg / unit mass NOT per °C A1
4(b)(i) E = mc(Δ)T in any form OR (c =) E / m(Δ)T C1

OR (c =) 35 000 / (0.35 × 24.5)
(c =) 4 100 J / (kg °C) A1
4(b)(ii) use of 35 000 B1
E = ml in any form OR (m =) E / l C1
OR 35000 / 3.3 × 105
(m =) 0.11 kg A1
5(a) conduction B1
conduction B1
radiation B1
5(b) electrons move B1
lattice / molecular / particle vibration or w.t.t.e. B1

OR free / delocalised electrons
5(c) shiny white M1
best reflector A1

116/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a)(i) 3 straight crests, to the right of A parallel to incident crests AND same λ by eye B1
curving round correct way below A B1
6(a)(ii) diffraction B1
6(b)(i) correct arrow perpendicular to wave fronts B1
6(b)(ii) refraction B1
6(b)(iii) wavelength – decreases B1
frequency – stays same B1
speed of wave – decreases B1
7(a)(i) one correct ray B1
second correct ray B1
rays intersect above axis to left of A AND object drawn from axis to intersection B1
7(a)(ii) AC B1
CB B1
7(b)(i) ray in prism refracted down less than green ray B1
7(b)(ii) ray in rectangular block refracted down less than green ray B1
7(b)(iii) ray leaving rectangular block parallel to incident ray B1

117/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a) {Rs = R1 + R2 + R3 in any form OR (Rs )= R1 + R2 + R3 OR (Rs ) = 3 + 2 + 6 (Ω) OR (Rs ) = 11 (Ω)} C1

AND {V= IR in any form OR (I=)V / R OR
(I=) 12 / 11 (A)}
(I=) 1.1 A A1
8(b) uses resistance of wire proportional to length OR (resistance XQ =) 6 Ω 0.6 / 2.0 (Ω) OR 1.8 (Ω) B1
1 / Rp = 1 / R1 + 1 / R2 OR (Rp=) R1R2 / (R1 + R2) C1
1 / Rp = 1 / 1.5 + 1 / (6 × 0.6 / 2) C1
OR (Rp=) 1.5 × (6 × 0.6 / 2) / (1.5 + 6 × 0.6 / 2)
OR (Rp= 1.5 × 1.8 / {1.5 + 1.8}) = 0.82 (Ω)
(R = 3 + 2 + 0.82 =) 5.8 Ω A1
9(a) NAND B1
9(b) NOT B1
9(c) AB 1st row 11 AND 4th row 00 B1
AB 2nd and 3rd row 01 AND 10 in any order B1
E 1st two rows 0 1 B1
E last two rows 1 1 B1

118/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a) magnetic field (produced) B1
(magnetic field / magnetic flux / magnetic effect / magnetism) (it) alternates / changes direction / reverses B1
10(b) e.m.f. / p.d. / voltage B1
10(c) (temperature) increased B1
current in base of pan o.w.t.t.e. B1
thermal energy (produced in base of pan) B1
11(a) neutrons 1 2 B1
electrons 2 2 B1
mass 3 4 OR 2 more 3 more B1
11(b) β B1
β – (would be) stopped by 5 mm / thick Al B1
α – (would be) stopped by 0.1 mm Al / Al foil B1

AND γ – (would) not (be) stopped by 5 mm / thick Al

119/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge IGCSE™
PHYSICS 0625/41
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Students did not sit exam papers in the June 2020 series due to the Covid-19 global pandemic.
This mark scheme is published to support teachers and students and should be read together with the
question paper. It shows the requirements of the exam. The answer column of the mark scheme shows the
proposed basis on which Examiners would award marks for this exam. Where appropriate, this column also
provides the most likely acceptable alternative responses expected from students. Examiners usually review
the mark scheme after they have seen student responses and update the mark scheme if appropriate. In the
June series, Examiners were unable to consider the acceptability of alternative responses, as there were no
student responses to consider.
Mark schemes should usually be read together with the Principal Examiner Report for Teachers. However,
because students did not sit exam papers, there is no Principal Examiner Report for Teachers for the June
2020 series.
Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the June 2020 series for most Cambridge
IGCSE™ and Cambridge International A & AS Level components, and some Cambridge O Level
components.
120/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

121/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

122/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
your working’.

123/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a)(i) (a =) (v – u) / t OR (62 – 6.0) / 35 OR 56 / 35 C1
1.6 m / s2 A1
1(a)(ii) (F =) ma OR Δp / Δt OR 2.5 × 105 × 1.6 OR (62 × 2.5 × 105 – 6.0 × 2.5 × 105) / 35 C1
4.0 × 105 N A1
1(a)(iii) (p =) mv OR 2.5 × 105 × 6.0 C1
1.5 × 106 kg m / s A1
1(b) curve of decreasing gradient from (0,0) to a point along dashed line B1
straight line of positive gradient after t = 35 s B1
gradient not zero at t = 35 s OR no change of gradient (at t = 35 s) B1
1(c) thermal energy AND in something specific (e.g. brakes / air / tyres) OR kinetic energy of air B1
2(a) 0 (N) AND 8.0 N B1
2(b) (k =) F / x OR 8.0 / 0.15 C1
53 N / m OR 0.53 N / cm A1
2(c)(i) elastic potential (energy) B1
2(c)(ii) 15 cm B1
2(c)(iii) 7.5 cm OR 2(c)(ii) / 2 B1

124/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a) liquid levels in the two limbs of the tube are equal B1
3(b) molecules collide with the walls (of the container) B1
momentum of molecules changes (reverses) B1
this causes a force AND force spread out (over area of walls) B1
3(c)(i) (p2 =) p1V1 / V2 = 1.0 × 105 × 60 / 50 C1
1.2 × 105 Pa A1
3(c)(ii) p2 = patm + hρg OR 1.2 × 105 – 1.0 × 105 OR 2.0 × 104 OR (ρ =) 2.0 × 104 / (0.15 × 10) C1
1.3 × 104 kg m–3 A1
4(a) temperature at which liquid turns into gas B1
4(b)(i) (E =) mcΔT OR 0.30 × 4200 × (100 – 95) C1
6300 J A1
4(b)(ii) (C =) E / ΔT OR 6300 / 84 C1
75 J / °C A1
4(b)(iii) molecules do work against attractive force as they evaporate B1
more energetic molecules more likely to escape B1
average energy of remaining molecules decreases B1

125/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a) (point) where incident parallel rays meet after passing through lens OR origin of rays that emerge parallel after passing M1
through lens
on principal axis OR use of term paraxial OR centre line A1
5(b)(i) enlarged virtual upright M1

two correct answers underlined AND no more than one wrong answer underlined
three correct answers underlined AND no wrong answer underlined A1
5(b)(ii)1 both principal focuses marked at points 5.0 cm from the optical centre B1
5(b)(ii)2 any two construction lines from: B2

• line from top of I towards far principal focus and traced back from lens horizontally
• line from top of I to (and through) centre of lens
• horizontal line from top of I to lens and traced back to near principal focus
O marked with top at intersection B1
5(b)(iii) 2.7 cm ⩾ distance ⩾ 3.1 cm B1
6(a) (λ =) v / f OR 340 / 20 000 OR 340 / 20 C1
0.017 m AND 17 m A1
6(b) (longitudinal wave) vibration direction parallel to propagation / energy travel direction B1
transverse wave vibration direction perpendicular to propagation / energy travel direction B1
consists of rarefactions AND compressions B1

126/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(c) diffraction mentioned B1
wavelength of sound from drum / low frequency sound greater (than wavelength of high frequency sound) B1
more diffraction of sound from drum OR less diffraction of high frequency sound B1
7(a)(i) (copper) contains free electrons B1
good electrical conductor B1
7(a)(ii) magnetic material OR easily magnetised B1
temporary magnetic material OR easily demagnetised B1
7(b)(i) alternating / changing / varying magnetic field (produced by X) B1
(electromagnetic) induction in Y B1
(alternating) electromotive force (e.m.f.) between terminals of Y / in Y B1
7(b)(ii) current in X increases B1
to supply the power used in Y / the lamp B1
8(a) 990 / (54 / 1.2) OR 990 / 45 OR (number of cells in pack =) 54 / 1.2 OR 45 C1
22 A1
8(b)(i) (P =) EI OR 1.2 × 3.5 C1
4.2 W OR 4.2 J / s A1

127/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(b)(ii) thick wires have a smaller resistance B1
less thermal energy generated in wires B1
more efficient OR less risk of fire / insulation melting B1
9(a) digital signal: consists of high and low states / voltages B1
analogue signal: continuously varying voltage B1
9(b)(i) AND gate OR gate B1
AND
9(b)(ii) when the inputs differ AND ‘AND gate’ produces 0 AND ‘OR gate’ produces 1 B1
9(c)(i) both inputs to upper NOR gate are 0s B1
9(c)(ii) two (identical) inputs to NAND gate are 1s M1
lower input to lower NOR gate is 1 M1
output Q is 0 A1

128/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a) equal number of electrons OR equal number of protons B1
10(b)(i) 13
5X
C1
0 C1
−1β
13
6Y
A1
10(b)(ii) any three from: B3

• β-particles have charge of smaller size
• β-particles have smaller mass
• β-particles have less energy
• β-particles travel faster / less time near to air molecule
• effect / force on electrons in air molecules less

129/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge IGCSE™
PHYSICS 0625/42
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
2020 series.
components.
130/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

131/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

132/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
your working’.

133/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a)(i) s = vt in any form OR (s =) vt OR relates distance to area (under graph) C1
any one of: 5 × 20 / 60 OR 40 × 20 / 60 OR 6 × 22 / 60 C1
(s = 1.667 + 13.333 + 2.2 =) 17 km A1
1(a)(ii) average speed = candidate’s (i) / time C1
(average speed = 17 × 60 / 74 =) 14 km / h A1
1(b) gradient B1
(gradient =) change of speed / time B1
1(c) 0 B1
(constant) gradient = 0 OR speed constant B1
2(a) impulse OR Δp = m(v – u) in any form C1
(impulse =) 750 000 (84 – 42) C1
(impulse =) 3.2 × 107 N s or m kg / s A1
2(b) Ft = impulse OR Δp in any form C1

OR (F =) (impulse OR Δp) / t
(F = 3.2 x 107 / 80 =) 3.9 ×105 N A1
2(c) reduces drag / air resistance (experienced by the train) / more streamlined B1
2(d) less drag / air resistance (at slower speeds) B1
2(e) (maximum) friction (force) between rails and train reduced / train may slide B1
134/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a) E = mcΔT in any form OR (E =) mcΔT C1
efficiency = (energy) output / (energy) input in any form C1
15 × 4200 × ΔT = 5000 × 3600 × 0.2 C1
(ΔT = 5000 × 3600 × 0.2 / 15 × 4200 =) 57 °C A1
3(b) e.g. renewable OR no air pollution OR low running costs OR no named polluting gas OR no greenhouse effect M1
explanation that follows from advantage stated A1
e.g. expensive to install OR not available at night OR visual pollution OR needs a suitable (roof) space M1
explanation that follows from disadvantage stated A1
4(a) (place) in melting ice B1
when bead has stopped moving OR owtte mark as lower fixed point / 0 °C B1
(place) in steam (above boiling water) B1
when bead has stopped moving OR owtte mark as upper fixed point / 100 °C B1
4(b) bead would not be liquid owtte B1
4(c)(i) thinner bore / tube OR smaller bulb OR use liquid which expands more (per unit change in temperature) B1
4(c)(ii) longer tube OR larger (volume) glass bulb OR use liquid which expands less (per unit change in temperature) B1
4(d) expands uniformly (with temperature) OR same distance between all degree intervals B1

135/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a) three wavefronts parallel to each other AND same angles of reflection and incidence both by eye B1
two wavelengths same as original wavelength by eye B1
three reflected waves meet incident waves at barrier B1
5(b) v = fλ in any form OR (f =) v/λ C1
OR (f =) 1.2 / 0.36 C1
(f =) 3.3 Hz A1
5(c) sound OR ultrasound B1
compressions B1
6(a) incident ray travels straight on at first face of prism 1 B1
ray reflected through 90° at sloping face of prism 1 continues vertically downwards to sloping face of prism 2 B1
ray reflected through 90° at sloping face and leaves box horizontally B1
6(b) n = 1 / sin C in any form OR (n =) 1 / sin C B1
{(n=) 1 / sin 45 OR (n=) 1 / 0.707} AND (n=) 1.41 B1
7(a)(i) primary coil wound round iron AND (labelled primary or coil OR connected to labelled supply / 12 V) B1
secondary coil wound round iron AND (labelled secondary OR connected to labelled output / 2 V) B1
significantly more coils around primary B1

136/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a)(ii) two from three B2

• links magnetic fields of coils / primary and secondary
• stronger magnetic field in secondary
• better induction owtte
7(a)(iii) V1I1 = V2I2 in any form OR (I1 =) V2I2 / V1 C1

OR (I1 =) 2 × 0.10 / 12
(I1 =) 0.017 A A1
7(b) metal case earthed B1
in case wire falls off / insulation fails / live(wire) touches case B1
8(a) two circuit symbols correct B1
three circuit symbols correct B1
symbol for cell, battery or power supply AND two other circuit symbols in series B1
LED correct way round B1
8(b) R = V / I in any form OR (R =) V / I C1
(R = 3.1 / 0.030 =) 100 Ω A1
8(c)(i) uses 10.5 = 2.1 + V across heater C1
(R = 8.4 / 1.5 =) 5.6 Ω A1
8(c)(ii) P = VI in any form OR (P =) VI C1
(P = 8.4 × 1.5 =) 12.6 W A1

137/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a) output 1, 1, 1, 0 B1
9(b)(i) AND B1
9(b)(ii) first two lines of E 0,1 B1
last two lines of E 1,1 B1
9(c) Q = It in any form OR (Q =) It C1
(Q = 3 × 60) = 180 (C) C1
(n = 3 × 60 / 1.6 × 10–19) = 1.1 × 1021 C1
10(a) (beam) narrow OR straight OR in one direction owtte B1
radiation in other directions absorbed B1
10(b)(i) out of page / towards viewer B1
equiv. to current in direction of beam B1
10(b)(ii) opposite to (i) B1
equiv. to current in opposite direction to beam OR LH rule mentioned or described B1
10(b)(iii) none B1
(γ) uncharged OR not equivalent to current B1

138/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge IGCSE™
PHYSICS 0625/43
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
2020 series.
components.
139/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

140/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

141/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
your working’.

142/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) rate of change of velocity OR change in speed per unit time / s B1
1(b)(i) deceleration C1
constant deceleration A1
1(b)(ii) acceleration C1
increasing acceleration A1
1(b)(iii) decreasing speed / velocity OR deceleration B1
1(b)(iv) constant speed B1
2(a) V (= 0.3 × 0.3 × 0.4) = 0.036 (m3) C1
ρ = m / V in any form OR (m =) ρV OR 1020 × 0.036 C1
(m =) 37 kg A1
2(b)(i) P = ρgh in any form C1
(h =) 400 × 103 / (1020 × 10) C1
(h =) 39 m A1
2(b)(ii) P = F / A OR (F =) PA OR 500 × 103 × 0.62 C1
(F =) 310 000 N OR 310 kN A1

143/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a) line of action of the centre of mass falls outside the base of the bus B1
OR
anticlockwise moment is greater than clockwise moment
3(b) bus more likely to fall over / topple / less stable M1
(line of action of) centre of mass may fall outside (the base of) the bus A1
3(c)(i) total mass of passengers = 73 × 65 (kg) OR 4700 kg C1
(total mass of bus, driver and 73 passengers) = 21 000 kg A1
3(c)(ii) (F =) ma in any form C1
(F =) 15 000 N A1
4(a) molecules escape from the surface of the liquid B1
more energetic / faster moving molecules escape B1
slower / less energetic molecules are left behind B1
temperature of liquid decreases because average K.E. of remaining molecules is lower B1

air temperature increases
more wind
cloud stops covering the Sun

144/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a)(i) E = Pt in any form C1
(E =) 6000 J A1
5(a)(ii) E = mcΔT in any form C1
6000 C1
c=
550 ( 33 − 20 )
(c =) 0.84 J / (g °C) OR 840 J / (kg °C) A1
5(a)(iii) EITHER some of energy supplied by the heater heats the heater / goes to lagging / goes to surroundings M1
specific heat capacity is lower than value in (ii) A1
OR M1
some energy may be absorbed from surroundings if they are at a higher temperature
specific heat capacity is higher than value in (ii) A1
5(b) (specific) heat capacity of water is much higher than (specific) heat capacity of sand B1
same rate of energy supplied to sand and sea B1
5(c) cold junction labelled or shown in ice or something similar B1

OR
diagram with two junctions with voltmeter labelled
two different metals labelled B1
galvanometer or voltmeter joining ends of wires B1

145/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a) three wavefronts parallel to each other B1
two wavelengths same as reflected by eye B1
three wavefronts at same angle to barrier as original B1
6(b) second, third, fifth and sixth boxes ticked B3
6(c) 1500 m / s B1
7(a) sin i / sin r = n in any form C1
r = 18° A1
7(b) light travelling from optically dense medium to optically less dense medium B1
all light reflected OR no light refracted B1
angle of incidence is greater than the critical angle B1
7(c) ray reflected at face AB with i = r by eye B1
ray refracted at face BC and bent away from the normal B1
8(a)(i) region in which an electric charge experiences a force B1
8(a)(ii) direction of force on a positive charge B1

146/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(b) any four from: B4

• ball moves towards positive plate
• ball touches positive plate
• made of conducting material so becomes positively charged
• repelled from positive plate
• touches negative plate and loses charge
• negatively charged ball attracted back to positive plate and process repeats
8(c) I = Q / t in any form C1
t=Q/I C1
(t = 15 / 0.29 =) 52 s A1
9(a)(i) anti-clockwise (seen from brushes) M1
I correctly described A1
F down on left / up on right A1
9(a)(ii) arrow labelled correct direction on coil B1
9(a)(iii) electrons –ve OR repelled from –ve connection of supply B1
9(b)(i) rotates in opposite direction B1
9(b)(ii) turns faster OR greater moment / turning effect B1
9(b)(iii) turns faster OR greater moment / turning effect B1

147/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a) 0 B1
X
B1
-1 X
β OR beta (particle) B1
10(b)(i) background radiation B1
rocks / ground / buildings / food / space / weapons testing / nuclear accidents or waste / sun / air / radon / argon B1
10(b)(ii) subtracts 10 from 80 B1
evidence of recognising two half-lives B1

OR
compares 70 and 10
(final reading =) 70/4 + 10 = 27 B1

OR
(70/10 = 7) age > 2 half-lives OR age nearly 3 half-lives
age > 11 400 B1

148/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge IGCSE™
PHYSICS 0625/41
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and some
Cambridge O Level components.
149/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

150/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

151/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
your working’.

152/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
B marks are independent marks, which do not depend on other marks. For a B mark to be scored, the point to which it refers must be seen
specifically in the candidate’s answer.
M marks are method marks upon which accuracy marks (A marks) later depend. For an M mark to be scored, the point to which it refers must
be seen in a candidate's answer. If a candidate fails to score a particular M mark, then none of the dependent A marks can be
scored.
C marks are compensatory marks in general applicable to numerical questions. These can be scored even if the point to which they refer are
not written down by the candidate, provided subsequent working gives evidence that they must have known it. For example, if
an equation carries a C mark and the candidate does not write down the actual equation but does correct substitution or working
which shows he knew the equation, then the C mark is scored. A C mark is not awarded if a candidate makes two points which
contradict each other. Points which are wrong but irrelevant are ignored.
A marks A marks are accuracy or answer marks which either depend on an M mark, or which are one of the ways which allow a C mark to be
scored. A marks are commonly awarded for final answers to numerical questions. If a final numerical answer, eligible for A marks, is
correct, with the correct unit and an acceptable number of significant figures, all the marks for that question are awarded.
Brackets ( ) Brackets around words or units in the mark scheme are intended to indicate wording used to clarify the mark scheme, but the marks
do not depend on seeing the words or units in brackets, e.g. 10 (J) means that the mark is scored for 10, regardless of the unit given.
However, if a word in brackets is replaced with another word that is clearly wrong then the mark should not be awarded.
Ignore This indicates that something which is not correct or irrelevant, i.e. it is not a contradiction (CON) is to be disregarded and does not
incur a penalty.
Spelling Be generous about spelling and use of English. If an answer can be understood to mean what we want, give credit. However, do not
allow ambiguities, e.g. spelling which suggests confusion between reflection / refraction / diffraction or

153/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Not / NOT This indicates that an incorrect answer is not to be disregarded, but cancels another otherwise correct alternative offered by the
ecf meaning ‘error carried forward’ is mainly applicable to numerical questions, but may in particular circumstances be applied in non-
numerical questions. This indicates that if a candidate has made an earlier mistake and has carried an incorrect value forward to
subsequent stages of working, marks indicated by ecf may be awarded, provided the subsequent working is correct, bearing in mind
the earlier mistake. This prevents a candidate from being penalised more than once for a particular mistake, but only applies to
marks annotated ecf in the mark scheme. Always annotate ecf if applied.
Significant Answers are normally acceptable to any number of significant figures ⩾ 2. Any exceptions to this this general rule will be
Figures specified in the mark scheme. Annotate with SF from the toolbar. A second (or further) sig. fig. error in a single question is not
penalised; annotate with SF SF. It is normally acceptable to quote just 1 s.f. for answers, which are exact to 1 s.f
Units Deduct one mark for each incorrect or missing unit from an answer that would otherwise gain all the marks available for that answer:
maximum 1 per question. No deduction is incurred if the unit is missing from the final answer but is shown correctly in the working.
Unless listed here or stated in the mark scheme for the question, do not accept derived units, e.g. kg m s-2 for N is NOT acceptable.
The following are acceptable alternatives: Nm for J, Js–1 or Nms–1 for W, Nm–2 for Pa, Ns and kg m s–1 are both acceptable for both
momentum and impulse. Beware : J NOT acceptable for moments. Condone wrong use of upper and lower-case symbols, e.g. pA
for Pa.
Annotate with U. For more than one unit error in a question, annotate UU to indicate an error which has not been penalised.
Arithmetic errors If the only error in arriving at a final answer is clearly an arithmetic one, then the mark awarded will be one-mark lower than
the maximum mark. Regard a power-of-ten error as an arithmetic error unless otherwise specified in the mark scheme. Annotate with
POT. The use of a wrong SI prefix in the final answer is counted as a power-of-ten error rather than a unit error. However, if the
power-of-ten error is due to the wrong omission or inclusion of g (= 10 N / kg) this rule does not apply.
Transcription If the only error in arriving at a final answer is because previously calculated data has clearly been misread but used correctly,
errors one mark of that part question is negated
Fractions Allow these only where specified in the mark scheme; they are a form of sig. fig. error; annotate with SF. Consequently, when a sig.
fig. error and a fraction is used in the same question, the second answer may still be awarded full marks.
Crossed out work Work which has been crossed out and not replaced but can easily be read, should be marked as if it had not been crossed

154/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Use of NR (# or / key on the keyboard). Use this if the answer space for a question is completely blank or contains no readable words, figures or
symbols.
RM Assessor 3
Please note that 0625 papers are now marked using RM assessor 3. Videos and documents are available by using the the Help icon in the top
right-hand corner when logged in or from the RM support site. Familiarisation mode is also available on RM Assessor 3.The tool bar is now located
on the left of the screen and you drag items used frequently to the right hand side of the tool bar. Note: the tool bar won’t be visible until you have
scripts to mark rather than just browse.
tick mark awarded (note the wavy line used to highlight a

ticks are added up next to (horizontal or particular point
the tick annotation, check vertical)
the total you enter
agrees)
on page gives a text box to write SF error in number of

comment comment –much easier to significant figures
use than in the previous SFSF significant figure error
version of RM assessor not penalized.
ECF error carried forward large dot (red used to indicate a point
blob) has been seen

155/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
^ omission mark TV too vague
? unclear I ignore

UU unit penalty not applied
because already applied
Guidance on the expression : words, symbols or numbers

Accept numbers if, in the context of the question, that number can reasonably be a value for the quantity in the equation/formula.
represented by that symbol in the syllabus, e.g. Q is often acceptable for thermal energy but not if, as has happened, there is confusion with
charge.
Linking pages to other questions RM Assessor
Page 18, 19 and 20 of the answer book is. They are linked to Q1(a).
Annotate with SEEN from toolbar to show that you have seen it.
Additional objects will appear as soon as you start to mark a script containing them. On each page of the additional objects you will see the option
to ‘flag as seen’ or ‘link to question’. This must be done for each of the additional objects. Links will appear when the linked question/questions
is/are opened for marking.
156/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Annotation
To increase marking transparency, reduce the number of enquiries about results and assist team leaders, the following is mandatory :
For all questions with two or more marks, examiners should tick to indicate where each credit is awarded.
For questions with one mark, examiners do not need to annotate the script to indicate that credit is awarded.
Any text annotation or annotation in a comment box should never contain -1 or allow a possible misinterpretation that negative marking was
applied.

157/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) (p =) mv (in any form) or 0.16 × 15 C1
2.4 kg m / s A1
1(b)(i) 3.0 N s and at 45° to the original direction B1
1(b)(ii) vector triangle / parallelogram, e.g.: B1
scale indicated or correct triangle / parallelogram B1
4.8 kg m / s ⩽ magnitude ⩽ 5.2 kg m / s B1
22° (to original direction) ⩽ direction ⩽ 28°(to original direction) B1

158/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(a) it / velocity / speed changes / increases (with time) C1
it / velocity / speed increases at constant rate / steadily A1
2(b) any three from: B3

• (initial) acceleration caused by weight / force of gravity
• acceleration decreases
• drag / resistance force increases (with speed)
• (finally / at terminal velocity) no acceleration / constant speed
• (finally / at terminal velocity) no resultant force
2(c)(i) (GPE =) mg (Δ) h (in any form) or 0.0021 × 10 × 0.80 or 2.1 × 10 × 0.80 C1
or 17 (J)
0.017 J A1
2(c)(ii) 1 C1
(KE =) mv 2 (in any form)
2
1 1 C1
× 0.0021 × 1.22 or × 2.1 × 1.22 or 1.5 (J)
2 2
1.5 × 10–3 J A1
2(c)(iii) (work done against) friction / drag / resistance or thermal energy generated or (displaced) liquid gains gravitational B1
potential energy

159/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a) (pliq =) hρg (in any form) or 0.400 × 1000 × 10 or 2000 or 4000 or 1.02 × 105 (Pa) C1
(p =) patm + hρg (in any form) or 1.00 × 105 + 0.400 × 1000 × 10 or 4000 or 1.02 × 105 (Pa) C1
1.04 × 105 Pa A1
3(b)(i) (F =) pA (in any form) or 4000 × 0.025 C1
100 N A1
3(b)(ii) (W.D. =) F × x (in any form) or 1.04 × 105 × 0.025 × 0.50 or 4000 × 0.025 × 0.50 or 50 (J) C1
1300 J A1
4(a) molecules close(r) B1
molecules move only small distances (between collisions) or do not move freely B1
molecules move in clusters or slide past each other B1
4(b) molecules (in liquid) move faster or gain energy B1
molecules move apart (on average) B1
4(c)(i) molecules overcome forces / gain potential energy as the liquid boils B1
4(c)(ii) (m =) ρV (in any form) or 0.86 × 50 or 43 (g) C1
(lv =) Q ÷ m (in any form) or 18 000 / 43 or 18 000 / (0.86 × 50) C1
420 J / g or 4.2 × 105 J / kg A1

160/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a) electrons mentioned B1
electrons travel (a great distance) through the metal or (vibrating) atoms hit (free) electrons B1
electrons hit (distant) particles or transfer energy (to distant atoms) B1
5(b) shiny surfaces are poor emitters (of radiation) B1
infrared / radiation / mentioned B1
less energy lost or lost energy does not need to be supplied B1
5(c) less thermal energy emitted or less space for energy to be lost B1

161/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a) speed changes or (wave) speed is smaller in right-hand part of tank or waves slow down or bottom (on the page) C1
section of wave hits the boundary first
(wave) speed is smaller in right-hand part of tank or waves slow down or bottom (on the page) section of wave hits the C1
boundary first
bottom (on the page) / one part / one side / one section of wave slows down first (and different sections are delayed by A1
different amounts)
6(b)(i) (f =) v ÷ λ (in any form) or 0.39 ÷ 0.052 or 0.39 ÷ 0.026 or 15 (Hz) or 0.39 ÷ 5.2 or 0.39 ÷ 2.6 or 0.15 (Hz) or 0.075 (Hz) C1
0.39 ÷ 0.052 or 15 (Hz) or 0.39 ÷ 5.2 or 0.15 (Hz) or 0.075 (Hz) C1
7.5 Hz A1
6(b)(ii) angle of incidence / i = 45(°) or angle of refraction / r = 33(°) C1
(v2 =) v1 × sin(r) ÷ sin (i) (in any form) or λ2 = λ1 × sin(r) ÷ sin (i) (in any form) or 0.39 × sin(33°) ÷ sin(45°) or 0.39 × C1
sin(57°) ÷ sin(45°)
0.30 m / s A1

162/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a) steel (underlined) B1
7(b)(i) the direction of the force on a N-pole and left to right / N to S B1
7(b)(ii) beam deflects B1
beam deflects into the page B1
moving electrons / charges constitute a current or left-hand rule or moving electrons / current in a magnetic field B1
experiences a force
7(b) (part of) beam deflects B1
α-particles deflect in opposite / different direction to β-particles / electrons or all α-particles have similar deflections or α- B1
particles deflect less
γ-rays do not deflect B1

163/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a) (related to) energy supplied in driving charge in a circuit / conductor or property of source / battery / cell / power supply B1
energy supplied per / to unit charge or energy transferred to electrical energy or from other form of energy or energy in B1
driving charge around a complete circuit
8(b)(i) (I = V ÷ R = 240 ÷ 30 =) 8.0 A B1
8(b)(ii) (P =) VI or 240 × 8.0 C1
1900 W A1
8(b)(iii)1 half (the size) B1
(equal voltage / p.d. / e.m.f. and) resistance is twice the size or I and R are inversely proportional B1
8(b)(iii)2 (fuse rating =) 13 A / 14 A / 15 A / 16 A / 17 A / 18 A / 19 A B1
total current is 12.1 A B1
9(a)(i) wave / light / energy / ray is completely / entirely reflected (at the boundary between two mediums) or no refraction or no B1
wave / light / energy / ray passes into second medium / across boundary or only reflection occurs
9(a)(ii) light (must pass) from medium where it travels slower or to medium where it is faster or from medium with larger B1
refractive index or to medium with smaller refractive index
angle of incidence (must be) greater than the critical angle / sin–1(1 ÷ n) B1
9(b) light / infrared travels in fibre B1
total internal reflection at inner surface or within (graded-index) fibre B1
light carries information / signal / data / message or signal / light encoded B1

164/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a) radiation that is always present or due to environment or in everyday life B1
soil / rocks / earth / cosmic rays / space / Sun / weapons testing / radon / nuclear waste B1
10(b)(i) alpha-emission (only) B1
alpha-particles do not penetrate (two sheets of) paper or β-particles and γ-rays pass through (two sheets of) paper B1
10(b)(ii) Po → / He B1
204 C1
Pb... or 82 Pb
204 A1
82 Pb

165/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge IGCSE™
PHYSICS 0625/42
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
166/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

167/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

168/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
your working’.

169/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
B marks are independent marks, which do not depend on other marks. For a B mark to be scored, the point to which it refers must be seen
specifically in the candidate’s answer.
M marks are method marks upon which accuracy marks (A marks) later depend. For an M mark to be scored, the point to which it refers must
be seen in a candidate's answer. If a candidate fails to score a particular M mark, then none of the dependent A marks can be
scored.
C marks are compensatory marks in general applicable to numerical questions. These can be scored even if the point to which they refer are
not written down by the candidate, provided subsequent working gives evidence that they must have known it. For example, if
an equation carries a C mark and the candidate does not write down the actual equation but does correct substitution or working
which shows he knew the equation, then the C mark is scored. A C mark is not awarded if a candidate makes two points which
contradict each other. Points which are wrong but irrelevant are ignored.
A marks A marks are accuracy or answer marks which either depend on an M mark, or which are one of the ways which allow a C mark to be
scored. A marks are commonly awarded for final answers to numerical questions. If a final numerical answer, eligible for A marks, is
correct, with the correct unit and an acceptable number of significant figures, all the marks for that question are awarded.
Brackets ( ) Brackets around words or units in the mark scheme are intended to indicate wording used to clarify the mark scheme, but the marks
do not depend on seeing the words or units in brackets, e.g. 10 (J) means that the mark is scored for 10, regardless of the unit given.
However, if a word in brackets is replaced with another word that is clearly wrong then the mark should not be awarded.
Ignore This indicates that something which is not correct or irrelevant i.e. it is not a contradiction (CON) is to be disregarded and does not
incur a penalty.
Spelling Be generous about spelling and use of English. If an answer can be understood to mean what we want, give credit. However, do not
allow ambiguities, e.g. spelling which suggests confusion between reflection / refraction / diffraction or thermistor / transistor /
transformer.

170/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Not/NOT This indicates that an incorrect answer is not to be disregarded, but cancels another otherwise correct alternative offered by the
ecf meaning ‘error carried forward’ is mainly applicable to numerical questions, but may in particular circumstances be applied in non-
numerical questions. This indicates that if a candidate has made an earlier mistake and has carried an incorrect value forward to
subsequent stages of working, marks indicated by ecf may be awarded, provided the subsequent working is correct, bearing in mind
the earlier mistake. This prevents a candidate from being penalised more than once for a particular mistake, but only applies to
marks annotated ecf in the mark scheme. Always annotate ecf if applied.
Significant Answers are normally acceptable to any number of significant figures ≥ 2.

Figures Any exceptions to this general rule will be specified in the mark scheme. Annotate with SF from the toolbar. A second (or further) sig.
fig. error in a single question is not penalised; annotate with SF SF. It is normally acceptable to quote just 1 s.f. for answers, which
are exact to 1 s.f
Annotate with U.
Unless listed here or stated in the mark scheme for the question, do not accept derived units e.g. kg m s-2 for N is NOT acceptable.
The following are acceptable alternatives: Nm for J, Js-1 or Nms-1 for W, Nm-2 for Pa, Ns and kg m s-1 are both acceptable for both
momentum and impulse.
Arithmetic errors If the only error in arriving at a final answer is clearly an arithmetic one, then the mark awarded will be one
mark lower than the maximum mark.
penalise the same POT error more than once. Annotate POT POT. However, if the power-of-ten error is due to the wrong omission
or inclusion of g (= 10 N / kg) this rule does not apply.
Transcription errors If the only error in arriving at a final answer is because previously calculated data has clearly been misread, but
used correctly, then for that part question the mark will be one less than the maximum mark.
Fractions Allow these only where specified in the mark scheme; they are a form of sig. fig. error; annotate with SF. Consequently, when a sig.
fig. error and a fraction is used in the same question, the second answer may still be awarded full marks.
171/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Crossed out Work which has been crossed out and not replaced but can easily be read, should be marked as if it had not been crossed out.
Look to see if it has been replaced on a blank page or another part of the same page.
Use of NR (# or / key on the keyboard). Use this if the answer space for a question is completely blank or contains no readable words, figures or
symbols.
RM Assessor 3
Please note that 0625 papers are now marked using RM assessor3. Videos and documents are available by using the
Help icon in the top right hand cornet when logged in or from the RM support site. Familiarisation mode is also available on RM Assessor 3.
The tool bar is now located on the left of the screen and you drag items used frequently to the right hand side of the
tool bar. Note – the tool bar won’t be visible until you have scripts to mark rather than just browse.

172/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
tick mark awarded (note the wavy line used to highlight a

ticks are added up next to (horizontal or particular point
the tick annotation, check vertical)
the total you enter
agrees)
on page gives a text box to write SF error in number of

comment comment –much easier to significant figures
use than in the previous SFSF significant figure error
version of RM assessor not penalized.

POT POT POT penalty not applied
as already applied
? unclear

UU unit penalty not applied
because already applied

173/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
represented by that symbol in the syllabus e.g. Q is often acceptable for thermal energy but not if, as has happened, if there is confusion with
charge.
Linking pages to other questions RM Assessor3
There are no blank pages.

Annotate with ‘seen’ from toolbar that you have seen any blank Additional Objects.
Annotation
• Any text annotation or annotation in a comment box should never contain -1 or allow a possible misinterpretation that negative marking was
applied.

174/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Question Answer Guidance
Any correct final answer scores full marks even if reached by wrong
Physics.
Any numerically correct final answer with a unit error scores

(full marks – 1) even if reached by wrong Physics. Annotate U.

175/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a)(i) X near (30,60) B1
1(a)(ii) Y AND Z near any horizontal section of graph B1

• weight OR force of / due to gravity acts down
• (force of / due to) air resistance / drag / friction acts up / opposes motion
• initially / up to 10 s: resultant force is downward OR downward force is greater than upward force
• resultant force causes acceleration
• air resistance increases as speed increases / she accelerates
any two from: B2

• acceleration (down) initially / for first 10 s
• acceleration decreases as air resistance increases / resultant force decreases
• zero acceleration / constant speed / terminal velocity reached when upwards force = downwards force OR when
no / zero resultant OR when forces balanced OR when downward force = air resistance
• terminal velocity / constant speed reached after (about) 10 s OR at 60 m / s
1(c) (average speed =) {initial speed + final speed} / 2 words, symbols or numbers C1
OR (average speed =) distance (from area) / time words, symbols or numbers
(average speed = 40 / 2 =) 20 m / s A1
OR (av speed = 80 / 4 = ) 20 m / s

176/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(a) force × perpendicular distance (from point) B1
2(b)(i) 0.80 N B1
2(b)(ii) (moment = force × distance = ) 0.8 × 0.25 C1
(moment =) 0.20 N m A1
2(b)(iii) same value as (ii) with correct unit B1
2(b)(iv) F × 0.75 = 0.20 in any form OR (F =) 0.2 / 0.75 C1
(F = 0.2 / 0.75 = ) 0.27 N A1
2(c) (perpendicular) distance (from pivot) of F decreases / is less (than 0.75 m) M1

OR
(perpendicular) distance (from pivot) of
W increases / is more (than 0.75 m)
(so) increased / greater (force F) (needed for greater moment) A1

177/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3 (output) P = VI OR E = VIt OR E = Pt in any form words, symbols or numbers C1

OR (P =) VI OR (P =) 240 × 9 OR (P =) 2160 (W)
OR (E =) 240 × 9 × 60 = 129 600 (J)
(rate of energy input = 720 000 / 60 =) 12 000 (J / s) C1

OR energy input = 720 000 (J)
(efficiency =) (100 ×) output power / input power C1

OR (100 ×) output energy / input energy
words, symbols or numbers
(efficiency =) 100 × {2160 / 12 000} C1
(efficiency =) 18(%) A1
4(a) thermocouple B1
4(b) (ΔT =) {1.7 / 5.4} × 100 C1
(T = 31 + 20 =) 51°C A1
4(c) any application involving high(er) / low(er) temperatures OR rapidly changing temperatures OR on vibrating B1
machinery OR remote sensing OR data logging OR small areas / masses

178/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a)(i) (thermal) energy (needed) to change state M1
of unit mass / 1 kg (of material) NOT per °C A1
5(a)(ii) molecules must be separated OR (intermolecular) bonds must be broken / overcome B1
work done (against bonds) OR energy is required / needed B1

NOT increase of KE / speed
5(b) E = ml in any form or (l =) E ÷ m C1

words, symbols or numbers
(m =) 1.5 OR 1500 OR OR 3.8 – 2.3 C1

OR 3800 – 2300
(l = 1.26 × 106 ÷ 1.5 =) 8.4 × 105 J / kg A1
5(c) insulate OR apply lagging / insulation (to container) B1
reduction of thermal energy / heat losses B1

179/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a)(i) 1 amplitude marked correctly B1
2 wavelength marked correctly B1
6(a)(ii) trough labelled T B1
6(b) f = 15 / 60 (= 0.25) B1
v = f λ in any form OR (v =) fλ words, symbols or numbers B1
(v =) 0.08 × 0.25 (= 0.02 m / s) OR 0.25 × 8 (= 2.0 cm / s) B1
Alternative route 1 : (B1)

v = d ÷ t words, symbols or numbers
distance moved in one minute = 15 × 8 OR 120 OR 15 × 0.08 OR 1.2 (B1)
(v =) 120 / 60 (= 0.02 m / s) OR 120 ÷ 60 OR 15 × 0.08 ÷ 60 OR 1.2 ÷ 60 (B1)
Alternative route 2 : (B1)

time for 1 oscillation = 4 s
distance moved in 4 s = 8 cm (B1)
so speed = 8 ÷ 4 = 2 cm / s (B1)
6(c) oscillation at right angles to the direction of propagation / travel / energy transfer (of the wave) B1
oscillation parallel to / in the direction of propagation / travel / energy transfer (of the wave) OR has compressions and B1
rarefactions OR needs / must have a medium

180/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a)(i) total internal reflection OR T.I.R. B1
7(a)(ii) sin C = 1 ÷ n in any form OR (C =) sin–1 {1 ÷ 1.4} C1
(C = sin–1 {1 ÷ 1.4} = sin–1 0.714 =) 46° A1
7(b) description of fibre passing to site to be examined / treated B1
light passes down fibre (to site) AND (image) returns (to sensor / observer) B1
OR alternative use to endoscopy
extra detail, e.g. laser light source, illuminated organ, image, camera / type of sensor B1
7(c) any mention of frequency B1
(all of light) same / single / one frequency B1
8(a) conditions (outdoors) may be damp / wet C1
water conducts (electricity) OR clear statement of need for waterproof / outdoor specification (components) A1
8(b) protects components / appliances / circuit / wires / user / mains supply B1

prevents electrical supply overheating / fires / electrocution / shocks
excess current / power in circuit / wires OR fuse melts / blows OR circuit breaker opens B1

181/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a)(i) C pointing horizontally to right B1
B AND D pointing horizontally to left B1
9(a)(ii) S on left AND N on right B1
9(b) any one of the following methods:
1 heat magnet C1
to high temperature / red hot A1
2 hammer the magnet (B1)
repeatedly / in E–W direction (B1)
3 (place) magnet in a coil / solenoid carrying a.c. (M1)
remove magnet from coil OR decrease current (slowly) to zero (A1)
9(c)(i) at least 3 concentric circles B1
closer together near the wire AND clockwise arrow B1
9(c)(ii) arrows OR field reverses / is in opposite direction B1

182/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a)(i) recognisable ammeter in gap AB AND straight lines in CD AND EF B1
10(a)(ii) recognisable voltmeter across 4 Ω B1
correct voltmeter symbol used B1
10(a)(iii) V = IR in any form or (V =) IR words, symbols or numbers C1
(V2Ω = 2 × 2.5 =) 5 V C1
(I4Ω = 5 ÷ 4 =) 1.3 A C1
must be clear that I refers to 4 Ω
OR calculates Rp = 1.33 Ω OR 4 ÷ 3 Ω
(I6Ω = 2.5 + 1.3 =) 3.8 A A1

OR (I6Ω = 5 ÷ 1.33 =) 3.8 A
Alternative route for first 3 mps
I proportional to 1 ÷ R OR I2Ω × R2Ω = I4Ω × R4Ω C1
I4Ω = I2Ω ÷ 2 C1
(I4Ω = I2Ω ÷ 2 = 2.5 ÷ 2 =) 1.3 A C1
Alternative route by potential divider
V = IR in any form or (V =) IR words, symbols or numbers C1
(V2Ω = 2 × 2.5 =) 5 V C1
VT = 7.33 × 5 ÷ 1.33 (= 27.51 V) C1
(I6Ω = 27.51 ÷ 7.33 =) 3.8 A A1

183/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(b) any sort of triangle symbol pointing to left in EF B1
a wire in CD B1
11(a) nuclear fission – nucleus / atom splits (into two) B1

AND
nuclear fusion – two nuclei / atoms join together
One from B1
• {nuclear fission –large(r) mass (number) OR heavy nuclei / atoms involved OR neutrons involved / emitted}
AND
nuclear fusion – small(er) mass (number) OR light nuclei / atoms involved OR no neutrons
• fission in a nuclear reactor AND fusion in Sun / stars
• fission produces very radioactive / long lasting waste
• fission makes lighter new elements AND fusion makes heavier new elements
• fission at normal p / T AND fusion at high p / T
• fusion produces more energy (than fission)
11(b)(i) longer half-life – radioactive substance active in body for a long time B1
shorter half-life – might be insufficient time for investigation OR it takes time / hours for the tracer to spread round the B1
body
11(b)(ii) proton numbers balance for equation B1

expected answer : 42Mo → 43Tc + –1β
all nucleon numbers correct B1
correct proton and nucleon number for β-particle B1
11(b)(iii) any suitable use, e.g. sterilisation of equipment, treatment of cancer, gamma for diagnosis, radiotherapy B1
NOT any link to X-rays

184/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge IGCSE™
PHYSICS 0625/43
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
185/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

186/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

187/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
your working’.

188/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
M marks are method marks upon which accuracy marks (A marks) later depend. For an M mark to be scored, the point to which it refers
must be seen in a candidate's answer. If a candidate fails to score a particular M mark, then none of the dependent A marks
can be scored.
A marks A marks are accuracy or answer marks which either depend on an M mark, or which are one of the ways which allow a C mark
to be scored. A marks are commonly awarded for final answers to numerical questions. If a final numerical answer, eligible for
A marks, is correct, with the correct unit and an acceptable number of significant figures, all the marks for that question are
awarded.
awarded.

189/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Not/NOT This indicates that an incorrect answer is not to be disregarded, but cancels another otherwise correct alternative offered by
Significant Answers are normally acceptable to any number of significant figures ⩾ 2. Any exceptions to this this general rule will be
Figures specified in the mark scheme. Annotate with SF from the toolbar. A second (or further) sig. fig. error in a single question is not
penalised; annotate with SF SF. It is normally acceptable to quote just 1 s.f. for answers, which are exact to 1 s.f
in the working.
Unless listed here or stated in the mark scheme for the question, do not accept derived units e.g. kg m s–2 for N is NOT
acceptable. The following are acceptable alternatives: Nm for J, Js–1 or Nms–1 for W, Nm–2 for Pa, Ns and kg m s–1 are both
acceptable for both momentum and impulse.. Beware : J NOT acceptable for moments. Condone wrong use of upper and
lower case symbols, e.g. pA for Pa.
Annotate with U. For more than one unit error in a question, annotate UU to indicate an error which has not been penalised.
maximum mark. Regard a power-of-ten error as an arithmetic error unless otherwise specified in the mark scheme. Annotate
with POT. The use of a wrong SI prefix in the final answer is counted as a power-of-ten error rather than a unit error. However
if the power-of-ten error is due to the wrong omission or inclusion of g (= 10 N / kg) this rule does not apply.
Transcription If the only error in arriving at a final answer is because previously calculated data has clearly been misread but used correctly,
errors one mark of that part question is negated

190/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Crossed out work Work which has been crossed out and not replaced but can easily be read, should be marked as if it had not been crossed
figures or symbols.
RM Assessor 3
Please note that 0625 papers are now marked using RM assessor 3. Videos and documents are available by using the Help icon in the top right
hand cornet when logged in or from the RM support site. Familiarisation mode is also available on RM Assessor 3.
The tool bar is now located on the left of the screen and you drag items used frequently to the right hand side of the tool bar. Note – the tool bar
won’t be visible until you have scripts to mark rather than just browse.
tick mark awarded (note the ticks are added wavy line (horizontal or used to highlight a particular point
up next to the tick annotation, check the vertical)
total you enter agrees)
on page comment gives a text box to write comment – SF error in number of significant figures
much easier to use than in the previous significant figure error not penalized.
version of RM assessor SFSF

191/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
ECF error carried forward large dot (red blob) used to indicate a point has been
seen
^ omission mark TV too vague
? unclear I ignore

UU unit penalty not applied because
already applied earlier in same question

represented by that symbol in the syllabus e.g. Q is often acceptable for thermal energy but not if, as has happened, there is confusion with charge.
Linking pages to other questions RM Assessor

Page 18, 19 and 20 of the answer book is. They are linked to Q1(a).
Annotate with SEEN from toolbar to show that you have seen it.
Additional objects will appear as soon as you start to mark a script containing them. On each page of the additional objects you will see the option
to ‘flag as seen’ or ‘link to question’. This must be done for each of the additional objects. Links will appear when the linked question/questions
is/are opened for marking.

192/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Annotation
For all questions with two or more marks, examiners should tick to indicate where each credit is awarded.
For questions with one mark, examiners do not need to annotate the script to indicate that credit is awarded.
Any text annotation or annotation in a comment box should never contain –1 or allow a possible misinterpretation that negative marking was
applied.

193/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a)(i) same distance travelled in same time / 0.02 s / dots equally spaced B1
1(a)(ii) trolley accelerates OR trolley increases speed / velocity B1
a resultant force is acting on the trolley B1
1(b) distance = area under graph, in any form C1
0.5 × 0.75 A1
(distance = =) 0.19 m
2
1(c) any three from B3

• initially velocity increases or the metal ball is accelerating OR (downwards) resultant force
• resistance (of liquid) has increased (as velocity increases)
• downwards force (on metal ball) = upwards force (on metal ball) (at point X)
• (metal ball) travels at constant velocity / speed
2(a) PE lost = KE gained, in any form C1
v2 = 2gh or 0.16 × 10 × 115 = 0.5 × 0.16 × v2 C1
(speed =) 48 m / s A1
2(b) momentum = mv C1
(momentum=) 7.7 kg m / s or 7.7 N s A1

194/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a)(i) One other scalar quantity B1
3(a)(ii) One other vector quantity B1
3(b)(i) v = d ÷ t in any form OR (t= ) d ÷ v OR 3.9 ÷ 0.3 C1
(t =) 13 s A1
3(b)(ii) inward arrow labelled F towards centre of circle B1
3(b)(iii) 1 frictional / inward force / resultant force insufficient (at higher speed) B1
2 tangential arrow at P in either direction, labelled S B1
4(a) A liquid B2
B solid
C gas
4(b) average distance between molecules greater (in gas) B1
(attractive) forces between molecules lower or zero in gas B1
4(c)(i) p1V1 = p2V2 in any form OR 0.9 × 105 × 3400 = 2.5 × 105 × V2 C1
(V2 = ) p1V1 ÷ p2 OR (V2 = ) 0.9 × 3400 ÷ 2.5 C1
1200 cm3 A1

195/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
4(c)(ii) pressure increases B1
molecules move / collide faster OR have greater momentum B1
molecules collide more frequently (with piston) OR B1

with greater change in momentum
5(a) cork on black plate / side B falls off (before cork on shiny plate / side A) B1
black surface are better absorbers than shiny surfaces B1

or shiny surfaces are better reflectors than black surfaces
black surface are better absorbers than shiny surfaces B1

or shiny surfaces are better reflectors than black surfaces AND
of (infrared) radiation
wax on black plate / plate B melts before wax on shiny plate / plate A B1
5(b) conduction B1
6(a) molecules closer together than normal in a compression B1
molecules further apart than normal in a rarefaction B1
pressure higher (than normal) in a compression AND B1

pressure lower (than normal) in a rarefaction

196/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(b)(i) 4400 (Hz) seen C1
(λ = )v ÷ f in any form OR 340 ÷ 4400 OR 340 ÷ 4.4 OR 77 C1
(λ = v ÷ f =) 0.077 m A1
6(b)(ii) 1 speed stays the same B1
2 wavelength decreases B1
7(a) any two from: B2

remote controls
(infrared) sensors / alarms
specific electrical appliances
thermal imaging
7(b) Any three from B3

• shielding of operator behind screen / lead apron / out of room AND to absorb radiation
• shielding of other parts of patient with lead / shielding of other parts of patient AND to absorb radiation
• distance from source AND reduces intensity / amount of radiation / exposure
• limit time of exposure / not too frequent / max number of X-rays per year AND to limit dose
• limit strength / intensity of X-ray beam AND to limit dose
7(c)(i) 1 3 × 108 m / s B1
2 3 × 108 m / s B1
7(c)(ii) > 20 000 Hz B1

197/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a)(i) V = IR in any form OR (I =) V ÷ R OR (I =) 3 ÷ 4 C1
(I =) 0.75 A A1
8(a)(ii) 0 (V) OR nothing OR no reading M1
diode does not pass current (in reverse direction) A1
8(b) AND gate B1
8(c)(i) C and D both 1 0 0 0 B1
first line of E 0 B1
2nd, 3rd and 4th lines of E 1 B1
8(c)(ii) OR B1
9(a) high voltage results in low current (for same power) B1
Any two from: B2

• heat loss depends on current
• less power / energy loss (in transmission)
• thinner wires can be used

198/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(b) (useful) power output C1

Efficiency =
(total) power input
P = VI in any form C1
power output = (20 × 2.3) = 46 (W) C1
power input = 46 ÷ 0.9 = 51 (W) C1
input current = (51 ÷ 240=) 0.21 A A1
10(a) iron core / coil / solenoid becomes a magnet B1
iron core / coil / solenoid attracts iron armature B1
armature pivots/moves and contacts touch / there is a current in circuit B B1
10(b) current in circuit B does not stop when switch in circuit A is opened B1
steel remains magnetised when there is no current in the coil B1

199/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
11(a) α deflected in smooth curve away from plate P / towards plate Q B1
α continues in straight line beyond plates OR multiple paths for β and no more than a single α path B1
β deflected in smooth curve towards plate P / away from plate Q B1
β deflected more than α B1
γ passes straight through without deviation and continues in straight line beyond plates B1
11(b) suitable application e.g. sterilisation of equipment, medical diagnosis / treatment, thickness control, detecting leaks / cracks, B1
food preservation
explanation e.g. destroys bacteria, destroys cancer cells, lower amount of radiation detected if thickness too large, radiation B1
detected at site of leak, destroys microbes in food

200/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge IGCSE®
PHYSICS 0625/04
Paper 4 Theory (Extended) For examination from 2020
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Specimen
201/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

2
mark scheme abbreviations
() the word, phrase or unit in brackets is not required but is in the mark scheme for
clarification
accept accept the response
AND both responses are necessary for the mark to be allowed
c.a.o. correct answer only
e.c.f. error carried forward; marks are awarded if a candidate has carried an incorrect
value forward from earlier working, provided the subsequent working is correct
ignore this response is to be disregarded and does not negate an otherwise correct
response
NOT do not allow
note: additional marking guidance
/ OR alternative responses for the same marking point
owtte or words to that effect
underline mark is not allowed unless the underlined word or idea is used by candidate
units there is a maximum of one unit penalty per question unless otherwise indicated
any [number] from: accept the [number] of valid responses
max indicates the maximum number of marks
© UCLES 2017 0625/04/SM/20

202/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
3
1 (a) speed × time in any form, symbols, numbers or words

OR any area under graph used or stated [1]
13 (m/s) OR 24 (s) seen or used in correct context [1]
312 m (2 or 3 sig. figs.) [1]
(b) rate of change of speed OR gradient of graph OR 18/12 [1]

1.5 m/s2 [1]
(c) same gradient / slope OR equal speed changes in equal times OR

allow graph symmetrical [1]
2 (a) mgh OR 36 × 10 × 2.4 [1]

864 J OR N m (2 or 3 sig. figs.) [1]
(b) (P =) E/t in any form, words, symbols or numbers OR 864 / 4.4 [1]
196 W OR J / s (2 or 3 sig. figs.) [1]
(c) evidence that candidate understands the principle of energy conservation, expressed in
words or as an equation (e.g. total energy is constant OR initial energy = final energy) or
implied by statement accounting for difference [1]
some energy is dissipated into the surroundings OR difference due to increase in internal
energy/heating/thermal energy (of belt, motor, surroundings) owtte
note: do not accept kinetic energy / sound / friction if no mention of heating [1]
(d) increase in potential energy of mass is greater

OR work done/energy used (to raise mass) is greater [1]
t = E/P OR P = E/t in any form, words or symbols AND power is constant [1]
speed reduced / time taken is longer [1]
3 (a) p = mv in any form, words or symbols [1]

0.16 kg m / s OR N s [1]
(b) use of principle of conservation of momentum in words, symbols or numbers [1]

use of combined mass 0.5(0) + 0.3(0) OR 0.8(0) (kg) [1]
0.2(0) m / s [1]
© UCLES 2017 0625/04/SM/20 [Turn over

203/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
4
4 (a) three valid features listed without explanation [1]
any three features explained from:
copper/metal is a good conductor (of heat)

NOT of electricity
black is good absorber/bad reflector

ignore emitter
insulating material will reduce heat lost/conducted away (from pipes/sheet)

NOT prevents heat loss owtte
glass/trapping of air reduces/prevents convection/warm air being blown away
glass produces greenhouse effect/reference to far and near I.R. [max 3]
(b) 38 – 16 OR 22 [1]
mcθ OR 250 × 4200 × candidate’s temperature difference [1]
2.31 × 107 (J) e.c.f. from previous line [1]
9.24 × 107 J OR e.c.f. from previous line × 4 correctly evaluated [1]
no unit penalty if J seen anywhere in (b) clearly applied to an energy
(c) valid explanation relating to at least one of the reasons below: [1]
note: if no explanation, this mark is not awarded even if more than three reasons are
given
any three reasons from:

which direction roof faces
estimate output of panels
household needs / whether household will use all hot water
cost of panel / installation
time to recoup cost
whether roof is shaded
relevant environmental consideration (e.g. not using wood or other fuel to heat water) [max 3]
(d) nuclei join together, accept hydrogen for nuclei

to produce a different element / helium (and energy) [2]
5 (a) (i) any one from:

(molecules) move randomly / in random directions
(molecules) have high speeds
(molecules) collide with each other / with walls [max 1]
(ii) collisions with walls/rebounding causes change in momentum (of molecules) [1]
force is rate of change of momentum / force needed to change momentum [1]
(b) (i) p1V1 = p2V2 OR 300 × 100 (× 0.12) = p2 × 0.40 (× 0.12) [1]
750 kPa [1]
© UCLES 2017 0625/04/SM/20

204/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
5
(ii) (molecules) collide with walls more often owtte

OR more collisions with walls per second or per unit time owtte [1]
greater force per unit area [1]
6 (a) clear attempt at semi circles, at least 3 [1]

same wavelength as incoming wavefronts, by eye [1]
(b) speed ÷ wavelength or 20 ÷ 2.5 or v = fλ [1]

8 Hz or 8 s–1 or 8 waves/second [1]
(c) candidate’s (b) OR “the same” OR nothing [1]
(d) low frequency signals have longer wavelength (than high frequency signals) OR
high frequency signals have shorter wavelength [1]
low frequency signals / long wavelength signals diffract more OR

low frequency / short wavelength signals diffract less [1]
7 (a) rheostat/variable resistor AND

control/vary/change/ limit the current /resistance/power/ voltage across heater [1]
(b) (I =) P/V any form, words or numbers [1]

(I =) 1.25 (A) seen anywhere [1]
(V =) 6.0 – 3.6 OR 2.4 seen anywhere [1]
(R =) V/I in any form words or numbers [1]
1.92 Ω (2 or 3 sig. figs.) [1]
note: credit will also be given for alternative approaches
(c) battery running down/going flat/energy of battery used up OR V or e.m.f. less

OR more/increasing resistance (of heater) NOT resistance of X increases [1]
use of relationship between I and V or R OR the current decreases [1]
8 (a) output of A: 1, 1, 0, 0 c.a.o. [1]

output of B: 0, 1, 0, 0 e.c.f. from candidate’s output of A [1]
(b) dark AND hot owtte

note: must be consistent with answer to (a) [1]
(c) B cannot provide enough power / current for lamp, or equivalent

OR allows remote lamp [2]
note: statement of function of a relay without reference to context gains 1 mark

205/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
6
9 (a) electrons / negative charges move towards the rod / to R (ignore just “attracted”)
ignore any mention of positive charges moving
any mention of positive electrons = 0 [1]
(b) negative charges (are) close(r) (to the rod) [1]

attraction between opposite charges greater than repulsion between like charges [1]
(c) coulomb [1]
10 γ rays [1]
(γ rays) detected at B [1]
(γ rays) not deflected by field / not charged [1]
charged particles / β particles (accept α for charged particles) [1]
β particles detected at C [1]
reference to direction of deflection / LH rule [1]
no α-particles OR only background detected at A [1]
11 (a) top bent down to R of layer [1]

middle straight on [1]
bottom deflected back to left [1]
(b) (i) deflection greater than 90°/the bottom one [1]
(ii) positive ignore numbers [1]
(iii) nothing/vacuum/space/electrons [1]
(c) 2 AND 2 [1]
© UCLES 2017 0625/04/SM/20

206/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
PHYSICS 0625/42
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
This syllabus is regulated for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.
207/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

208/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

209/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) Rate of change of speed OR change of speed / time B1

OR ∆v / t OR (v – u) / t
1(b)(i) 1 Acceleration OR increasing speed OR going faster B1
2 Constant speed OR steady speed B1
3 Deceleration OR decreasing speed OR slowing down B1
1(b)(ii) 1 Total distance / total time OR 300 / 40 C1
7.5 m / s A1
2 Change of distance / change of time OR (250 – 70) / (30 – 15) OR C1

180 / 15
12 m / s A1
2(a) Advantage: No fossil fuel used OR No fuel costs OR No pollution of air / water OR No polluting gases OR is a renewable B1
energy source OR doesn’t contribute to global warming / greenhouse effect
Disadvantage: Wind not always blowing OR causes noise pollution B1

OR causes visual pollution OR is danger to wildlife OR is expensive to build
2(b)(i) 1 d = m / V in any form, symbols or words OR 24 000 × 1.3 C1
31 000 kg A1
2 KE = ½ mv2 OR ½ × 31 200 × 162 C1
4.0 × 106 J A1

210/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(b)(ii) Speed of air not reduced to zero (in passing through turbine) B1
OR some air passes through blade area without change of speed OR
without hitting blades
OR not all k.e. of air transfers to blades
OR air retains some of its k.e.
OR friction in bearings of blades
3(a) Accelerate or increase speed OR Decelerate or decrease speed OR Change speed B1
Change direction OR causes rotation B1
3(b) Sensible scale stated B1
T vectors, labelled T or with arrow, both of same length, drawn at right angles (any orientation) B1
Triangle or parallelogram completed using candidate’s T vectors B1
Correct orientation vector diagram with 360 N vector vertical B1
T value stated: 250 or 260 N B1
4(a)(i) Vacuum OR nothing OR mercury vapour B1
4(a)(ii) P = hρg in any form OR (h =) P / ρg OR 1.02 × 105 / (13 600 × 10) C1
0.75 m A1

211/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
4(a)(iii) Same vertical height (of mercury) M1
Pressure due to column of liquid depends on vertical height A1

OR in formula P = hρg, h is vertical height
OR the pressure remains constant because ρ and g don’t change, nor does h.
4(b) Air is present in the space labelled S OR above the mercury in the tube M1
This air exerts a (downward) pressure on the mercury A1
5(a) 0 °C and 100 °C B1
5(b)(i) 1 Has uniform / linear expansion OR Has equal expansion for each degree of temperature rise B1
2 Has capillary / tube of constant cross-sectional area / diameter / radius / bore / width / thickness B1
5(b)(ii) (Compared with thermometer B) B1

A has a capillary / tube of greater cross-section / diameter / radius / width
OR A contains a liquid with less expansion per degree / unit temp. rise
OR A is longer than B
OR A has a smaller bulb
5(b)(iii) (Compared with thermometer D) B1

C (has capillary / tube that is) narrower / of smaller cross-section / thinner
OR has a larger bulb OR bulb containing more liquid
OR contains a liquid with greater expansion per degree / unit temp. rise
OR contains alcohol instead of mercury

212/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(c)(i) Diagram to show: B1

Three wires labelled e.g. copper, iron, copper or with symbols for metals
OR metal A, metal B, metal A
One junction between different metals B1
Connections to voltmeter / ammeter / galvanometer identified by V, A, G, mV, mA or arrow in a circle B1
5(c)(ii) Measurement of: B1

a (very) high or (very) low temperature OR a rapidly varying temperature
OR a high range of temperature
If values given, more than 300 °C; less than –200 °C
6(a) Convection B1
6(b)(i) (E =) mc∆θ OR 65 × 720 × 7 C1
3.3 × 105 (J) C1
P = E / t in any form OR (t=) E / P OR 3.3 × 106 / 1.5 × 103 C1
220 s A1
6(b)(ii) Two of: B2

The heater warms walls, floor, ceiling, windows, furniture / objects.
Thermal energy conducted through walls, floor, ceiling, windows (to exterior)
Thermal energy used to raise temperature of air entering room via draughts / openings

213/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a) 1. Solid to liquid B1
2. Liquid to gas / vapour B1
7(b) (Neighbouring) molecules of solid have (strong) forces of attraction between them B1
OR Gas molecules have no / weak forces of attraction between them
Easier to increase separation of gas molecules (than solid molecules) B1

(gas expands more easily so) gas molecules move farther apart
7(c) PV = constant OR P1V1= P2V2 C1

OR 0.012 × 1.8 × 106 = V2 × 1.0 × 105
V2 = 0.216 m3 OR 0.22 m3 A1
(Volume of escaped gas = 0.22 – 0.012 =) 0.21 m3 B1
8(a)(i) Wavefronts in the air: B1

Parallel to each other
Make a larger angle with the boundary than wavefronts in ice and from top left to bottom right B1
At least one wavefront meets a wavefront in ice at the boundary B1
8(a)(ii) Arrows at right angles to wavefronts pointing away from boundary B1
8(a)(iii) Acute angle between any wavefront in ice and boundary marked i B1
Acute angle between any wavefront in air and boundary marked r
OR (B1)
In ice, normal at boundary and ray perpendicular to any wavefront both drawn. Angle between normal and ray in ice marked i.
In air, normal at boundary and ray perpendicular to any wavefront both drawn. Angle between normal and ray in air marked r.

214/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(b) n = speed in air / speed in ice OR n = VAIR / VICE OR (VICE))= VAIR / n C1

OR 3.0 × 108 / 1.3
2.3 × 108 m / s A1
9(a) I = V / R in any form OR (R=) V / I OR 7.0 / 4.6 C1
1.5 Ω A1
9(b) Resistor: resistance is constant B1
Thermistor: resistance decreases B1
9(c)(i) 4.6 + 4.6 C1
9.2 A A1
OR (C1)
Combined resistance = (1.522 / (1.52 + 1.52) = ) 0.76 Ω
(I = ) 7.0 / 0.76 = 9.2 A (A1)
9(c)(ii) (E =) IVt OR in words OR 9.2 × 7 × 5 × 60 C1
19 000 J A1

215/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a) If voltage is (very) high, current is (very) low NOT if resistance is low B1
(If current is low,)thermal energy generated / power loss is low B1
(If current is low:) thinner / lighter / cheaper transmission cables / cables with less resistance / cheaper pylons can be used / B1
cheaper
10(b)(i) Vp / Vs = Np / Ns in any form OR (Ns =) Np Vs / Vp OR 4000 × 9 / 120 C1
(Ns = ) 300 A1
10(b)(ii) Iron or soft iron B1
11(a)(i) Nucleon number for Pt: 194 B1
Proton number for Pt: 78 B1
0 B1
Symbol for beta particle: β
−1
11(a)(ii) After 1 half-life / 19 hrs, count rate = 1100 / 2 = 550 counts / min C1
After 2 half-lives / 38 hrs, count rate = 550 / 2 = 275 counts / min A1
OR (C1)
38 hrs = 2 half-lives
After 38 hrs / 2 half-lives, count rate = 1100 / 4 = 275 counts / min (A1)

216/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
11(b) Two of: B2

γ-emission β-emission
electromagnetic radiation / travels at the

particles / electrons
speed of light
uncharged (negatively) charged
no mass has mass
long range in air shorter range in air
stopped by many cm of lead / very

stopped by a few mm of aluminium
penetrating
low ionisation (of air) higher ionisation (of air)
leaves proton number unchanged proton number changes
not deflected in electric / magnetic field deflected in electric / magnetic field

217/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/41
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2019 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and
some Cambridge O Level components.
218/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.
Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question (however; the use of the full mark range may be
limited according to the quality of the candidate responses seen).
219/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

220/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) v −u B1
change of velocity per unit time OR
t
1(b) line starts at origin and is asymptotic to x-axis B1
increasing gradient initially and no decrease B1
constant and clearly positive gradient finally B1
1(c)(i) no external forces OR isolated system B1
sum of momenta / (total) momentum remains constant B1
1(c)(ii) rocket gains (upward) momentum B1
(ejected) gas gains equal (quantity of) momentum in opposite direction B1

OR momentum of gas decreases by equal amount

221/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(a) (W =) mg OR 3.4 × 103 × 10 C1
3.4 × 104 N A1
2(b)(i) moment = Fx in any form OR (moment) = Fx OR 0.50 (seen) C1
3.4 × 104 × (1.8 – 1.3) OR 3.4 × 104 × 0.50 C1
1.7 × 104 N m A1
2(b)(ii) 1. (the point) where (all) the mass can be considered to be concentrated B1
2. 1.7 × 104 / (1.3 + 0.70) OR 1.7 × 104 / (2.0) C1
8.5 × 103 N A1
2(c) (moment / it) increases B1
perpendicular distance (between P and line of action of) W increases B1

222/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a) (air) molecules / they move / collide B1
(air) molecules / they collide with cube / (upper) surface (of cube) / wall B1
impulse exerted (on surface) OR momentum change (of molecules) B1
3(b)(i) p = hρ g in any form OR (p =) hρ g OR 0.028 × 1500 × 10 C1
420 Pa A1
3(b)(ii) F = pA in any form words, symbols or numbers OR (F =) pA C1

OR 420 × 4.02 OR 420 × 0.0402 OR 420 × 16 OR 420 × 1.6 × 10–3
0.67 N A1
3(c)(i) W = Fd in any form words, symbols or numbers OR (W =) Fd C1

OR 0.67 × 0.034
0.023 A1
3(c)(ii) lifting liquid as well OR friction between liquid and container / pipe B1

223/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
4(a)(i) E = mc (∆)T in any form words, symbols or numbers OR (E =) mc (∆)T C1

OR 0.23 × 0.72 × 550
91 J A1
4(a)(ii) 1. t = E / P in any form words, symbols or numbers OR (t =) E / P or 91 / 2.4 C1
38 s A1
2. (thermal) energy is used to increase the temperature of / lost to cylinder / piston / heater / surroundings B1
4(b)(i) it / piston moves to the right / away from heater OR accelerates (to right) M1
pressure (of gas) greater / pressure greater (on left) / resultant force to right A1
4(b)(ii) V2 = p1V1 / p2 in any form OR (V2 =) p1V1 / p2 C1

OR 2.9 × 105 × 1.9 × 10–4 / 1.0 × 105
5.5 × 10–4 m3 A1

224/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a)(i) any two from: B2
occurs throughout the liquid OR bubbles formed

occurs at one temperature / boiling point
does not produce cooling OR unaffected by draught / surface area / humidity
5(a)(ii) (more) energetic molecules escape (from the liquid) OR molecules gain energy and escape OR molecules B1
overcome intermolecular forces / break bonds
average speed decreases OR molecules with less (kinetic) energy left behind B1
temperature of liquid decreases B1
(thermal) energy conducted / gained from skin / body OR (thermal) energy lost by skin / body B1
5(b) molecules touching OR no space between molecules B1
large (repulsive / intermolecular) forces (when moved closer) B1

225/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a) idea of one side of wavefront enters / hits solid first OR wavefront does not all hit the solid all at once; B1
idea of this side slowed down first OR this side delayed relative to other side B1
angle of wave(front) changes OR different parts of wavefront delayed by different amounts B1
6(b)(i) sini sin67° C1

n= in any form OR n1sinθ 1 = n2sinθ 2 OR 1.3 =
sinr sinr
OR (r = )sin–1(sin67° / 1.3) OR sin–1(0.71)
45° A1
6(b)(ii) v ts = c / n in any form OR (v ts =) c / n OR 3.0 × 108 / 1.3 C1
2.3 × 108 OR 3.0 × 108 / 1.3 C1
λ = v / f in any form OR (λ =) v / f OR 2.3 × 108 / 5.7 × 1014 C1

OR 3.0 × 108 / (1.3 × 5.7 × 1014)
4.0 × 10–7 m A1
OR (alternative approach)
λ = v / f in any form OR (λ =) v / f OR 3.0 × 108 / 5.7 × 1014 C1
5.3 × 10–7 OR 3.0 × 108 / 5.7 × 1014 C1
λ g = λ a / n in any form OR (λ g =) λ a / n OR 5.3 × 10–7 / 1.3 C1

OR 3.0 × 108 / (1.3 × 5.7 × 1014)
4.0 × 10–7 m A1

226/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a) thermistor c.a.o. B1
7(b)(i) VX = V30 B1
7(b)(ii) VX = E – V20 in any form B1
7(c)(i) 1/R1 + 1/R2 = 1/Rtot OR (Rtot =) R1 R2 / (R1 + R2) OR 1/15 + 1/30 = 1/Rtot C1
OR (15 × 30) / (15 + 30)
10 (Ω) OR 10 + 20 C1
30 Ω A1
7(c)(ii) I = V / R in any form OR (I =) V / R OR 6.0 / 30 C1
0.20 A A1
7(d) resistance of X decreases B1
ammeter reading / it increases and (total) resistance (of circuit) decreases / more voltage across 20 Ω resistor B1

227/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a)(i) magnetic field mentioned B1
coil / wire cuts (magnetic) field OR changing (magnetic) field (through coil) B1
e.m.f. / voltage induced OR produced by electromagnetic induction B1
8(a)(ii) (plane of coil) horizontal OR in position shown in diagram B1

coil cutting magnetic field the fastest B1
8(b) current in coil energy supplied to / lost from lamp B1
current in (magnetic) field experiences a force student must do more work / supply more energy / B1
OR
more energy needed
opposes the change causing it greater force to do more work B1

228/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a)(i) mark both explanation and deduction together
nucleus is very small B1
very few α-particles hit or pass near to a nucleus B1
9(a)(ii) mark both explanation and deduction together
nucleus is charged B1
(charged) α-particles experience a force B1
9(a)(iii) mark both explanation and deduction together
centre / (small) part of atom OR nucleus includes most of the mass of the atom / is (very) dense B1
(α-particles move and) nucleus stays still B1
opposite direction
(much) smaller deflection
undergo deflections of similar magnitude

229/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/42
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
230/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

231/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

232/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) (A and B) decreasing acceleration B1
(B and C) moving forwards at constant speed B1
(C and D) constant acceleration B1
1(b) (average) speed = distance/time OR v = s/t in any form C1

OR (s =) (average) speed × time OR v × t
OR area under graph stated or used
(s = ) 23 × 2/60 C1
0.77 km round candidates response to 2 sfs A1
1(c) horizontal line starting at t = 2.0 min AND at speed = 0 for 1 minute B1
line of constant positive gradient starting at t >= 2.0 min B1

NOT wrong labels X OR Y
for 30 seconds line continuously rising B1
2(a) (∆) p=mv in any form OR ((∆)p=) mv OR 0.8 × 0.72 C1
(∆p= ) 0.58 kg m/s A1
2(b) Ft= ∆p in any form OR (F=) ∆p/t OR 0.58/6 B1
(F=) 0.096 N accept rounding if 0.096 seen B1

233/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(c) Statement: (acceleration is) to right/backward B1
Explanation: force (from water OR on model) B1

to right /backwards OR acceleration in same direction as
force (from water OR on model)
2(d) (acceleration) more (when empty) B1
mass less (and force is constant) B1
meaningful reference to F=ma / Newton’s 2nd law / change in momentum B1
3(a) light B1
3(b)(i) no air pollution/CO2/acid rain/greenhouse gases/global warming/harmful gases OR no damage from mining/drilling B1
visual pollution/use of land/pollution during manufacture B1
3(b)(ii) yes/renewable AND nothing used up o.w.t.t.e. B1
3(c) (Pi =1.2 × 2.8 × 260 = ) 870 (W) C1
(Po = 2.5 × 86 = ) 220 (W) C1
(efficiency = ){Po/Pi } × 100 in any form C1

OR {Po/Pi } × 100
(efficiency = {220/870} × 100 = ) 25 (%) A1

234/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
4(a) pressure increases B1
any two from : B2

• molecules travel shorter (average) distance between collisions with walls
NOT molecules change speed
• molecules hit walls more often
OR more collisions (per unit area) with walls
• {greater force OR greater (rate of) change of momentum of molecules} per unit area on walls
4(b) 1st box gas B1
2nd box solid B1
5(a)(i) boiling B1
5(a)(ii) evaporation B1
5(b)(i) E=mc∆T in any form OR (E=) mc∆T C1

OR (E=) 2.7 × 900 × 18
44 000 (J) A1
E=Pt in any form OR (P=) E/t C1

OR (P= ) 43 740/150
(P= ) 290 W A1
5(b)(ii) lagging/insulation/named insulator (around/on block) M1
reduction of thermal energy/heat losses A1

235/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a)(i) refraction B1
6(a)(ii) (waves move) faster (in region B) OR slower in region A B1
6(b) at least one complete cycle with half the amplitude B1
at least one complete cycle shorter time period B1
6(c)(i) sound travels faster in steel/metal/solid/the rail (than in air) B1
6(c)(ii) v = f λ in any form OR (λ = ) v/f C1

OR (λ =) 5800/1100
(λ =) 5.3 m A1
7(a) both rays straight to left of lens AND top ray bends clockwise AND B1
bottom ray bends anti-clockwise
both rays converge to meet on the centreline at the screen B1
7(b) both rays straight to left of lens AND top ray bends clockwise B1
less than in (a)
AND bottom ray bends anti-clockwise less than in (a)
both rays converge and/would meet beyond screen B1
7(c)(i) object closer to lens than one focal length B1
7(c)(ii) (image) same side (of lens as object) B1

OR image further from lens (than object)

236/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(c)(iii) 1 from 3 of : (image) enlarged/magnified, upright / goes up, virtual B1
all 3: (image) enlarged, upright, virtual B1
8(a) bring (charged) rod close to sphere / touching sphere B1
earth sphere or equivalent B1
remove earth (connection) AND keep rod close to sphere (until earth removed) o.w.t.t.e. B1
8(b) light emitting diode OR LED B1
8(c) correct labelling of I/P and O/P, all I/P numbers correct in any order B1
all 4 rows of numbers correct, in any order B1
8(d) column D correct B1
1st two rows of E correct B1
2nd two rows of E correct B1

237/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a) place magnet in coil B1
EITHER
(gradually) withdraw magnet B1
with ac (in coil) switched on B1
OR
reduce current (B1)
to zero (B1)
9(b)(i) keeps coil rotating (in the same direction) o.w.t.t.e. B1
by changing direction of current (in the coil) B1
every half cycle/180 degrees B1
9(b)(ii) (coil rotates) faster B1
10(a) 1/Rp = 1/R1 + 1/R2 OR (Rp =) 1/(1/R1 + 1/R2) OR (Rp = ) R1R2/(R1 + R2) OR (0.2 × 0.3)/ (0.2 + 0.3) OR 0.6 × 0.2 C1
(Rp = ) 0.12 (Ω) C1
(Rt = 0.12 Ω + 0.20 Ω = ) 0.32 Ω A1
10(b) Statement : resistance of lamp increases M1
Explanation : temperature of lamp increases A1

238/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
11(a) 222
on L side of equation B1
86 Rn
218
84 Po on R side of equation B1
4 B1
2α on R side of equation
11(b) mention of 2 half-lives OR mention or use of two halvings of 100% C1

NOT 5700 ÷ 2 OR 14 ÷ 2
11 000 (years) A1

239/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/43
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
240/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

241/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

242/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a)(i) constant velocity / speed B1
1(a)(ii) deceleration / negative acceleration B1
1(a)(iii) Stationary B1
1(b) distance 160 C1

v = gradient OR OR 160 OR evidence of use of gradient
time 100
(v =) 1.6 m/s A1
1(c) line curves upwards with increasing gradient NOT vertical B1
2(a) KE = 1/2 mv2 in any form OR (KE) = 1/2 × 1.2 x 106 × 0.042 C1
(KE = ) 960 J A1

243/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(b) EITHER
(change in momentum) = mv C1
OR (change in momentum) = 1.2 × 106 × 0.04
(=) 4.8 × 104 (kg m/s) C1
change in momentum = Ft in any form C1
(Force = 4.8 × 104 / 0.3 =) 1.6 × 105 N A1
OR
a = (v-u)/t = 0.04/0.3 (C1)
= 0.13 (m/s2) (C1)
F = ma (C1)
(Force = 1.2 × 106 × 0.13 = ) 1.6 × 105 N (A1)
2(c) Work done or KE transferred = Fd in any form C1
(distance = 960 / 1.6 × 105 =) 6 .0 × 10–3 m OR 0.006 m OR 0.60 cm A1
2(d) smaller force (on dock/ship) because increases time of collision OR increased distance of collision (on the dock/ship) B1

244/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a) (p) = ρgh in any form C1

OR (p=) 1030 × 10 × 3.0 × 103
3.1 × 107 Pa A1
3(b)(i) v = d/t OR v = 2d/t in any form C1
2d C1
1500 = OR 2d = 1500 × 0.50
0.50
380 m A1
3(b)(ii) distance smaller (first box ticked) AND speed of sound lower (in air than liquid) B1
4(a) Any two from: B2

bubbles form OR occurs throughout liquid
only occurs at one temperature/boiling point
does not produce cooling OR not affected by surface area / humidity / draught OR does not lower KE of molecules left in the
liquid.
4(b) E = Pt in any form C1

OR (E) = 370 × 240
= 89 000 (J) A1
E = mc∆T in any form C1
(temperature increase =) 89 000 / {5.0 × 420} = ) 42 °C A1

245/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a) any mention of radiation/infra-red radiation wrt silvered surfaces B1
silvered surfaces are poor emitters / poor absorbers / (good) reflectors B1
glass is a poor conductor OR glass reduces thermal energy / heat gain by conduction B1
vacuum prevents thermal energy / heat gain by conduction OR convection B1
stopper reduces thermal energy / heat gain by convection B1
5(b) any suitable insulator e.g. cork, plastic, rubber B1
6(a)(i) diffraction B1
6(a)(ii) wave on left half the wavelength of waves in Fig 6.1 B1
both wavelengths on right same wavelength as on left B1
much less spreading than in Fig 6.1 B1
6(b) 3 numbers correct B1
all 5 numbers correct (Correct answer: 1, 4, 5, 3, 2) B1
6(c)(i) 3.0 × 108 m/s B1
6(c)(ii) v = fλ in any form OR (λ = v/f ) C1
96 × 106 seen C1
3.0 × 108 A1
(λ = = ) 3.1 m
96 × 106

246/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a) 40° B1
7(b) n = 1.3 OR seen in calculation C1
sin i / sin r = n in any form OR sin 40 / sinr = n sin i / sin r = 1 / n C1
(sin r = 1.3 × sin 40°) (r =) 57° A1
8(a) P = VI in any form C1
700 A1
I (= ) = 2.9 A
240
8(b) 13 A fuse B1
any two out of: B2

2.9 + 7.5 SEEN
if too low it would break / blow / melt when the appliances are operating normally
if fuse too high wouldn’t break / blow until current was too high which would be dangerous (to people /wires /appliance)
8(c) (Resistance inversely proportional to area so) resistance of thicker wire is lower B1
Fuse will melt at higher current B1
because heating effect = I 2 R OR less heating effect (for same current) owtte B1
8(d)(i) Any two renewable sources of energy from: solar, wind, water, hydroelectric, waves, tidal, geothermal B2
8(d)(ii) Any relevant disadvantage for one of their correct answers to (d)(i) e.g.: B1
Energy for wind / waves / Sun not always available
Cost of building wind turbines or tidal barrages or hydroelectric dams
Wind turbines affect the scenery of some areas
Solar (farms) use (agricultural) land / takes up a lot of space
247/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a) light dependent resistor OR LDR B1
9(b)
Input 1 Input 2 Output
0 0 1
0 1 0
1 0 0
1 1 0
2 input columns and one output column AND 4 correct rows of input B1
All 4 rows with correct, in any order B1
9(c) D E
1 1
1 1
0 0
0 1
all D correct B1
first 2 rows of E correct B1
last 2 rows of E correct B1
9(d) conductors have free / delocalised electrons / electrons which move (freely) (electrons in insulators don’t move or are fixed) B1

248/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a) Correct shape of graph showing one rotation B1
Graph starts from maximum voltage (positive or negative) (labelled horizontal) B1
Graph passes through zero twice, labelled 1 / 4 and 3 / 4 revolution B1
10(b) induced e.m.f. caused by coil cutting magnetic field OR coil moving in magnetic field B1
10(c) slip rings B1
(provide) continuous connection while coil rotating B1
10(d) Any two of: B2

increase strength of magnetic field
increase speed of rotation of the coil
increase numbers of turns of coil
11(a) 241
→ 42 α + 237
95 Am 93 Np
Am on L with correct proton no B1
Am on L with correct nucleon no B1
alpha symbol on R with correct proton and nucleon no B1
Np on R with correct proton and nucleon no. B1
11(b)(i) current decreases / is stopped AND alpha particles absorbed (by smoke) owtte B1
11(b)(ii) Any two from: B2

alpha particles highly ionizing / more ionising than beta particles or gamma rays
alpha particles short range (in air)
safer to use alpha because they do not travel out of smoke detector

249/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/41
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
components.
250/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
principles.
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these features are specifically assessed by the question
as indicated by the mark scheme. The meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

251/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

252/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a)(i) a = ∆v / ∆t or a = (v – u) / t in any form words, symbols or numbers or (a =) ∆v / ∆t or (a =) (v – u) / t or 15 (– 0) / 5.0 or (a =) C1

gradient
3.0 m / s2 A1
1(a)(ii) (F =) ma in any form words, symbols or numbers or (F =) ma or 2300 × 3.0 C1

6900 N A1
1(b) accelerating or speed / velocity increasing B1

at a decreasing rate or acceleration decreasing B1
gradient (of graph is positive and) decreasing B1
1(c) air resistance or friction mentioned or resistive force B1

air resistance or friction or resistive force increases (with speed) B1

253/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

shape
size / volume / length / density / any linear dimension
direction (of motion) / speed / velocity / momentum / kinetic energy / acceleration
2(b)(i) extension and tension / force / load mentioned C1

extension is directly proportional to tension / force / load A1
2(b)(ii)1. 260 N B1
2(b)(ii)2. k = F / x in any form words, symbols or numbers or (k =) F / x or 260 / (0.94 – 0.63) or 260 / 0.31 C1
840 N / m A1
2(b)(iii) from chemical (potential energy) B1

to elastic (potential) / strain (at end) B1

254/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a) force × time (for which it acts) B1
3(b)(i) v = I / m or 0.019 / 0.00011 in any form words, symbols or numbers or (v =) I / m C1

170 m / s A1
3(b)(ii) KE = ½mv2 in any form words, symbols or numbers or (KE =) ½mv2 C1

0.50 × 0.00011 × 1702 C1
1.6 J or 1.7 J A1
3(c) accept reverse comments if clearly about how the molecular structure of a solid differs from that of a liquid
(molecules / they) have an irregular arrangement / not ordered / random arrangement B1
(molecules / they) are (slightly) further apart (on average) B1
(molecules / they are) not fixed in place B1

255/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
4(a) it / cone vibrates B1

any two from: B2
alternating current (a.c.) (in coil / wire) or alternating magnetic field
(neighbouring) air vibrates or vibrations passed on
(producing) compressions and rarefactions / vibrations parallel to energy transfer
vibrating at 15 000 Hz
4(b) λ = v / f in any form words, symbols or numbers or (λ =) v / f or 330 / 15 000 C1

0.022 m A1
4(c) at least two vertical wavefronts either to left of barrier or in gap B1

at least one wavefront showing some diffraction B1
approximately constant wavelength throughout and ~50% of gap width B1
5(a) four or more radial arrows / lines outside surface B1

at least one arrow pointing towards (centre of) sphere and none wrong B1
5(b)(i) positive charges on left and negative charges on right of S M1

equal numbers A1
5(b)(ii) it moves towards / attracted towards the negatively charged sphere / to the left B1
5(b)(iii) electrons / negative charges move (along the wire) towards Earth / towards ground / down the wire B1
S becomes positively charged B1
5(c) electrons mentioned M1

free (to move) / delocalised / mobile in metals / S or fixed in position in plastic / stand A1

256/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a)(i) I = P / V or in any form words, symbols or numbers or (I =) P / V or 9000 / 230 C1

39 A A1
6(a)(ii) 40 A or any greater integer value (in A) up to and including 60 A B1
6(b) E = Pt or in any form words, symbols or numbers or (E =) Pt or 9000 × 1.0 or 9000 J seen C1
35 – 16 or 19 (°C) seen C1
m = E /(c∆T) or in any form words, symbols or numbers or (m =) E /(c∆T) or 9000 / (4200 × 19) C1
0.11 kg A1
6(c)(i) two different metal wiresjoined at one end and voltmeter or three metal wires and two different joined ABA and voltmeter B1
between free ends between free ends B1
6(c)(ii) any one from: B1

quick response / makes measurements fast
measures rapidly varying temperatures
electrical output
small heat capacity
robust / rugged

257/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a) 7 / 7.6 / 8 / 10 marked towards top of y-axis and 1(.0) towards right of x-axis B1
a straight line of positive gradient from 0, 0 to point 1.0, 7.6 B1
7(b)(i) energy (transferred) per unit charge B1

energy (transferred) from chemical or energy (transferred) to electrical or energy (transferred) around / in a (complete) circuit B1
7(b)(ii) 1. I = V / R or in any form words, symbols or numbers or (I =) V / R or 12 / 7.6 C1

1.6 A A1
2. 4.2 V or 4.3 V B1
3. Q = It or in any form words, symbols or numbers or (Q =) It or 1.6 × 5.5 × 60 or 1.6 × 5.5 or 8.8 (C) C1
520 C or 530 C A1

258/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a)(i) n = sin(i) / sin(r) in any form words, symbols or numbers or (n =) sin(i) / sin(r) or sin(53°) / sin(30°) C1
1.6 A1
8(a)(ii) path emerging into air along correct path (by eye) and labelled R B1
8(a)(iii) ratio / division of two identical quantities / speeds / sine functions / (pure) numbers B1
8(b)(i) path labelled V with two correct refractions and below path of red light in glass B1
8(b)(ii) larger frequency results in smaller speed (in glass) or r.a. (reverse argument) or inversely related / proportional. B1
any two from: B2

more refraction / closer to normal / larger refractive index for larger frequency or r.a.
violet light has larger frequency or o.r.a.
violet light has a smaller speed (in glass) or o.r.a.
violet light has larger refractive index or o.r.a.

259/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a)(i) 8
3
(Li) B1
9(a)(ii) 4× B1
4× B1
electron B1
9(b)(i) radioactive emission / (background) radiation / decay is random B1
9(b)(ii) any one of: B1

rocks, buildings, soil, Earth,
space, cosmic rays, Sun,
radon, nuclear waste, weapons testing
9(b)(iii) 440 – 24 or 416 or 52 or 55 or 79 or 3 (half-lives) or 45 / 15 or 1 / 23 or 1 / 8 C1

1/23 or 1/8 or 52 or 55 or 79 C1
76 (counts) A1

260/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/42
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
components.
261/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
principles.
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these features are specifically assessed by the question
as indicated by the mark scheme. The meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

262/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

263/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Question Answer Mark
1(a) (A = 44 × 20 =) 880 (m2) C1
V = A × depth in any form OR (d =) V / A C1
(d = 264 / 880 =) 0.30 m A1
1(b) ρ = m / V in any form OR (ρ =) m / V C1
(ρ = 2.7 × 105 / 264 =) 1020 kg / m3 A1
1(c) p = ρgh in any form OR (p =) ρgh C1
(p = 1020 × 10 × 0.3 =) 3 100 Pa A1
1(d) tape measure B1

264/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(a) no resultant force OR forces are balanced OR all forces in opposite directions are equal OR forces cancel B1
no resultant {moment / torque / turning effect} OR (sum of) clockwise moment(s) = (sum of) anticlockwise moment(s) B1
2(b)(i) 1. down arrow labelled W at dashed line on 50 cm mark B1
2. up arrow labelled R at pivot B1
2(b)(ii) expression / evaluation for one correct moment seen C1
expressions / evaluation for all correct moments seen C1
equation seen relating correct expressions / evaluations for moments: C1

moment of 0.5 N + moment F = moment of W OR
90 F = 43 OR 0.9F = 0.43
(F = 43 / 90 OR 0.43 / 0.9 =) 0.48 N A1
2(b)(iii) upwards force = downwards force C1
(R =) 1.2 N A1

265/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a) they / molecules collide with walls B1
change of momentum causes force (to be exerted on walls) B1
pressure = force / area (so pressure is exerted on walls) B1
3(b) pV = constant or p1 V1 = p2 V2. in any form C1
p1 × 820 = 20 000 × 330 OR C1

(p1 =) 20 000 × 330 / 820
(p1 =) 8000 Pa A1
4(a) E = VIt in any form OR (E =) VIt C1

OR (E =) 3 × 12 × 23 × 60
(E =) 50 000 (J) C1
C= E / ∆T in any form OR (C=) E / ∆T C1

OR (C=) 49 680 / 50 OR 50 000 / 50
(C=) 990 J / °C A1
4(b) 1. larger sphere emits / radiates / loses thermal energy more M1
greater (surface) area A1
2. greater (rate of radiation) B1

266/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a)(i) (compression region:) particles / they close(r) B1
(rarefaction region:) particles / they far / further apart B1
5(a)(ii) (longitudinal) oscillations / vibrations parallel to direction of wave (motion) / energy transfer OR medium is required OR cannot be B1
polarised
(transverse) oscillations / vibrations perpendicular to direction of wave (motion) / energy transfer OR medium not required OR can B1
be polarised
5(b)(i) v = fλ in any form OR (λ =) v / f C1
(λ =) 3500 / 120 C1
(λ =) 29 m A1
5(b)(ii) frequency not changed (in different medium) B1
audible / yes AND audible range 20 Hz – 20 kHz B1

267/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a)(i) {light from water OR light to air / eye OR light from coin} bends / changes direction / is refracted B1
refracts / bends away from normal OR angle of incidence is smaller than angle of refraction B1
6(a)(ii) refraction B1
6(a)(iii) rays do not meet at image / only appear to come from image / do not originate from image / cannot be seen on a screen owtte C1
6(b) 3.0 × 10 8 m / s B1
6(c) n = ca / cw in any form OR (cw =) ca / n C1
(cw =) candidate’s (b) / 1.3 C1
(cw =) 2.3 × 108 m / s A1

268/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a)(i) deflection B1
(then) reverse deflection / current / voltage OR greater deflection B1

OR deflection for shorter time
OR change of (magnetic) field / flux
7(a)(ii) larger deflection OR deflection for shorter time M1
higher speed OR A1
larger (rate of) change of magnetic field / flux
7(b) {current / power too high OR trip hazard} AND cut (in insulation) B1
AND plug / socket on damp / wet (grass)
overheating / fire in extension lead OR trip hazard B1
short circuit / shock / electrocution through cut (in insulation) B1
short circuit / shock / electrocution through plug on damp / wet (grass) B1

269/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a) R proportional to length C1
R proportional to 1 / area C1
(R =) 0.14 × (3 / 2) × (4 / 9) C1
(R =) 0.093 (Ω) A1
8(b)(i) first two rows correct B1
last two rows correct B1
8(b)(ii) NOR gate correctly connected M1

accept OR gate followed by NOT gate
correct symbol(s) for NOR gate A1

accept OR gate followed by NOT gate

270/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a) where / region a(n electric) charge experiences a force B1
9(b) All criteria must be met B1

• 5 lines with both ends within 2 mm of plates by eye
• middle 3 lines straight and within 10° of horizontal by eye
• top / bottom lines, straight or with outward smooth curves, ends vertically <= 16 mm below / above ends of plates, if curved
horizontally symmetrical by eye
• spacing between lines: 7 mm ⩽ spacing ⩽ 23 mm
at least 1 arrow left to right NOT any arrow R to L B1
9(c)(i) I = Q / t in any form OR (Q =) It C1
(Q =) 0.21 × 10 × 60 × 60 C1
(Q =) 7600 C A1
9(c)(ii) E = VQ in any form OR (E =) VQ C1

OR (E =) 1.2 × 7560
(E =) 9100 J A1
9(c)(iii) chemical (potential energy) B1

271/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a) neutron charge = 0 B1

γ-ray mass = 0 AND charge = 0 B1
He nucleus mass = 4 m B1
He nucleus charge = 2 e B1
10(b) any 3 different valid points, e.g. 3×

• detail of handling source appropriately for, e.g. use of tongs B1
• protective clothing
• minimise exposure by time OR distance OR activity
• detail of shielded storage
• detail of secure storage
• monitoring exposure
• must be disposed of securely
• limitation of access to approved personnel
• procedure in place in case of accident / criminal act to protect people and / or environment

272/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/43
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
components.
This syllabus is regulated for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1 / Level 2 Certificate.
273/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

0625 / 43 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November 2019
PUBLISHED
marking principles.
• marks are awarded for correct / valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit is given for valid answers which go beyond
the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme, referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
descriptors.

274/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question (however; the use of the full mark range
may be limited according to the quality of the candidate responses seen).

275/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) attempt to use 2 rectangles for A C1
A = ((1 × 3.2) + (1.1 × 1.6) = 3.2 + 1.76 =) 4.96 (m2) C1
9.9 m3 A1
1(b) ρ = m / V OR m = ρV OR (m =) 9.9 × 1.1 × 103 C1
(m =) 1.1 × 104 kg A1
1(c) depth of water = 1.2 m C1
(P =) ρgh OR (P = 1.1 × 103 × 10 × 1.2) C1
(P =) 1.3 × 104 Pa A1

2(a)(i) moment = force × distance C1
moment = force × perpendicular distance A1

2(a)(ii) turning effect owtte B1
2(a)(iii) (quantity that has) magnitude and direction B1
2(b) provides (anticlockwise) moment M1
total clockwise moment = total anticlockwise moment OR resultant turning effect = 0 A1

276/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a)(i) from gravitational potential B1
to kinetic B1
3(a)(ii) KE gained = PE lost or 1 / 2mv2 = mgh C1
h = v2 / 2g C1
22 m A1
3(a)(iii) No energy lost to surroundings (as thermal energy) OR No air resistance B1
3(b) Any two from geothermal, nuclear and tidal B2

4 Solids – molecules in lattice arrangement B1
solids – strong forces between molecules B1
liquids – molecules not fixed in place OR molecules have an irregular arrangement OR molecules (slightly) further apart (on B1
average) than in solids OR spaces between the molecules
liquids – (average) forces too weak to keep molecules in a definite pattern OR forces just enough to hold molecules in the B1
bulk of the liquid
gases – molecules far apart B1
gases – weak / no forces between molecules (except during collisions) B1

277/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a) (energy =) power x time in any form C1
= 3000 × 3.5 × 60 C1
= 630 000 J A1
5(b) (E =) mc∆T in any form C1
m = 1700 / 1000 C1
∆T = (100–19) OR ∆T = 81 C1
1700 C1
(E =) × 4200 × 81
1000
= 580 000 J A1
5(c) useful energy output 580 000 C1
Efficiency = OR (× 100)
total energy input 630 000
= 0.92 OR 92% A1

278/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a)(i) compression B1
6(a)(ii) rarefaction B1
6(b) correct wavelength indicated B1
6(c) closer together at compression and further apart at rarefaction B1
amplitude changes B1
loudness does not affect wavelength B1
6(d) more spread out / further apart B1
Velocity / speed greater in water than air B1
(so) wavelength greater B1

279/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a) ray parallel to axis and through F M1
ray through centre of lens M1
position of image correct and labelled A1
7(b) enlarged and upright B1
virtual B1
7(c) different colours have different wavelengths / different frequencies / refracted by different amounts OR dispersion (in glass) B1

8(a) radial lines from sphere B1
arrows pointing towards sphere B1
8(b) Q = It, in any form OR 0.21 × 75 C1
16 C A1

280/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a)(i) voltmeter shown connected across LED B1
9(a)(ii) ammeter shown connected in series with LED B1
9(b) p.d. across two resistors in parallel = (3.7 – 2.1 =) 1.6 V resistance of circuit = (3.7 / 0.19) = 19.5 Ω B1
AND resistance of LED (= 2.1 / 0.19) = 11.1 Ω
combined resistances of two resistors in parallel = R / 2 resistance across parallel combination of resistors B1
OR = (19.5 – 11.1) = 8.4 Ω
1 / R = 1 / R1 + 1 / R2
OR
R = R1 R2 / R1 + R2
OR
current in either R = I / 2
R = V / I in any form R = V / I in any form C1
R / 2 = 1.6 / 0.19 R / 2 = 8.4 Ω C1
17 Ω 17 Ω A1

281/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a)(i) movement of magnet relative to coil OR B1
induces emf / pd / current (across / in LED)
light goes off when magnet no longer directly below coil B1
10(a)(ii) door closes more quickly than it was opened so higher current in LED B1
door / magnet moving for shorter length of time B1
10(b) Any two from: B2
• quick response
• protects against electric shock
• protects against overheating
• (easily) re-settable
• avoids damage to lawnmower

282/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
11(a) top: any path to the left within 45 degrees to the horizontal B1
middle: path to the right and deflected up (ending in a straight line) B1
bottom: path to the right and deflected down (ending in a straight line) B1
11(b) 192 B1
use or clear indication of 4 half-lives C1
(192 / 16 =) 12 A1
28 B1
11(c) any 3 different valid points e.g. 3 x B1
• must be stored with shielding

• must be stored securely / safely
• must be transported with shielding
• must be transported securely
• expensive to store
• expensive to transport
• in case of accident / terrorism could escape to environment / danger to people
• site of storage uninhabitable for thousands of years

283/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/42
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the March 2018 series for most
®
Cambridge IGCSE , Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level
components.
® IGCSE is a registered trademark.
284/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

285/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

286/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) Rate of change of velocity OR change of velocity / time B1

OR change of velocity over time OR (v – u)/t
1(b)(i) Straight line from origin to (15, 28) B1
Horizontal line {from (15, 28)} to (32, 28) B1
a = (v – u) / t C1
OR (t =) (v – u) / a OR (0 – 28) / 2.0
= 14 (s) C1
Straight line from (32, 28) to (46, 0) A1
1(b)(ii) 1 Towards the centre of the circle / inwards B1
2 Velocity is (continually) changing its direction B1

287/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(a) (Because g.p.e. is) B1

the work done by the force
OR the force × the distance that the object rises
OR mgh and height is greater
2(b) mgh OR 80 × 65 × 10 × 1600 C1
8.3 × 107 J A1
2(c) Method 1
W = Pt OR E = Pt in any form C1
Work input =1500 × 103 × 30 × 60 OR 2.7 × 109 J C1
Efficiency = work output / work input (x 100) C1
0.031 OR 3.1 % A1
Method 2
P = E/t in any form (C1)
Power output = 8.3 × 107 / 30 × 60 (C1)
Efficiency = power output / power input (× 100) (C1)
0.031 OR 3.1% (A1)

288/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a) ...(the) force × its perpendicular distance from pivot / a point B1
3(b)(i) centre of mass B1
3(b)(ii) (mass =) 160 / 10 = 16 kg B1
3(b)(iii) (Not moving up or down because) no resultant (vertical) force C1

OR upward force = downward force
80 N + 80 N = 160 N A1
(Not rotating because) no resultant moment (about any point) C1

OR (sum of) clockwise moments = (sum of) anticlockwise moments
clockwise moment (about centre) = 80 × 1.2 A1

anticlockwise moment (about centre) = 80 × 1.2
4(a) Molecules of hot liquid collide with (surface of) spoon B1
transfer energy / heat to (molecules of) spoon B1
(amplitude of) vibration of spoon’s molecules increases / is faster (increasing spoon’s temperature) B1
4(b) Molecules of hot liquid (also) transfer energy to (free) electrons in the spoon B1
These (free) electrons move through the metal B1
4(c) (Q =) mc∆θ C1
150 × 4.2 × (80 – 56) C1
15000 J A1

289/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a)(i) Sketch showing straight lines with sudden changes of direction B1
5(a)(ii) Any 3 marks from 4 points:
Air molecules move in random / different directions B1
Smoke particles are hit B1
by air molecules B1
Change direction at each collision OR undergo Brownian motion B1
5(b) F = (mv – mu) / t in any form OR Impulse = mv – mu C1
= 20 × 4.2 / 60 C1
1.4 N A1
6(a) A: infra-red B: ultra-violet C: X-(rays) D: γ-(rays) B2
6(b)(i) n = sin i / sin r C1

OR sin r = sin i / n OR sin r = sin 35 / 1.50
r = 22° A1
6(b)(ii) Refraction at XY drawn with r < i B1
Refraction at XZ drawn with r > i B1
6(b)(iii) Blue ray drawn below red ray in prism and drawn with r < i M1
Ray to right of prism diverging downwards from red ray A1

290/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a) n = speed in air / speed in water C1

OR speed in water = 3.0 × 108 / 1.33
2.3 × 108 m / s A1
Answers to (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) all combined to maximum of 5 marks on same screen
7(b)(i) Wavefronts in plastic: B1

meet wavefronts in air
make smaller angle with boundary than wavefronts in air and downwards to the left B1
parallel to each other B1
7(b)(ii) Arrow(s) perpendicular to wavefronts in plastic and downwards to right B1
7(b)(iii) r in plastic between refracted wavefront and boundary B1
OR (B1)
At a point where refracted wavefront meets boundary, normal to boundary drawn and line perpendicular to wavefront drawn.
r in plastic between the two lines drawn

291/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a) P = IV C1
OR (I =) 50 / 12
4.2 A A1
8(b)(i) (E =) QV C1
(E =) 270 × 103 × 12 C1
3.2 × 106 J / 3200 kJ A1
8(b)(ii) Volume of fuel used = 3.2 × 106 / 3.6 × 104 C1
89 cm3 A1
OR 90 cm3 if 3.24 × 106 used

292/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a)(i) Resistor: tick in 2nd box B1
9(a)(ii) Lamp: tick in 1st box B1
9(b) (R =) V / I OR (R =) 6.0 / 4.4 C1
1.4 Ω A1
9(c) Current in lamp = 4.4 A Current in resistor = 4.0 A C1
Current from supply (= 4.0 + 4.4) = 8.4 A A1
OR (C1)
(With 6 V p.d.) RL = 6 / 4.4 = 1.36 Ω RR = 6 / 4 = 1.5 Ω
Combined resistance = (1.36 × 1.5) / 2.86) = 0.71 Ω
Current = 6 / 0.71 = 8.4 A (A1)
9(d) p.d. across lamp = 4.9 V p.d. across resistor = 6.0 V C1
Total p.d. (= 4.9 + 6.0) = 10.9 V A1
OR (C1)
(With 4 A current) RL = 5 / 4 = 1.25 Ω RR = 6 / 4 =1.5 Ω Total R = 2.75 Ω
Total p.d. = 2.75 × 4 = 11.0 V (A1)

293/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a) Strength of magnetic field / magnet B1
Speed (of movement of wire) B1
Length of AB / wire (within field) B1
10(b)(i) Vp / Vs = Np / Ns C1
OR (Ns =) 8000 × 12 / 240
400 (turns) A1
10(b)(ii) Circuit connected to A and B with resistor and diode with correct circuit symbols in series B1
11(a)(i) In box / cupboard with lead walls B1
11(a)(ii) (Handle) with (long) tongs OR remote-controlled device OR wearing lead gloves OR wearing lead suit B1
11(b) Col 1: gamma / γ (rays) B1

alpha / α (particles)
beta / β (particles)
Col 3: – B1
a few cm or up to 10 cm
a few m or up to 10 m
Col 4: thick lead or 30 cm lead or very thick concrete or 3 m concrete B1

–
thin aluminium or 2 mm aluminium
11(c)(i) alpha / α (particles or rays) B1
11(c)(ii) beta / β (particles or rays) B1

294/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/41
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
IGCSE™ is a registered trademark.
This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.
295/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

296/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

297/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) Mention of gradient of graph at t = 30 s OR tangent drawn at t = 30 s and triangle drawn 1
Acceleration in range 0.30 to 0.45 m / s2 1
1(b) Acceleration less/at a slower rate 1
Less driving force OR greater resistive force/friction/air resistance/drag 1
Resultant force less 1
1(c) Area under graph 1
Distance = (20 × 40) + (½ × 40 × 10) OR ½ × (30 + 20) × 40 1
1000 m 1
2(a) Chemical (potential energy) 1
2(b)(i) (E =) m × g × h OR 32 × 10 × 2.5 1
800 J 1
2(b)(ii) Output power = E ÷ t OR 800 ÷ 5.4 OR 148.148 (W) 1
Eff. = output (power) ÷ input (power) OR Pout ÷ Pin OR Eout ÷ Ein OR output power ÷ 0.65 OR 148.148 ÷ 0.65 OR 800 ÷ 0.65 1
= 230 W 1
2(c) Advantage: not dependent on weather/wind blowing OR always available 1
Disadvantage: polluting OR CO2/SO2/greenhouse gases emitted OR leads to global warming OR oil must be transported 1
OR not renewable OR oil will run out/be used up

298/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a)(i) W = (4.8 × 10 =) 48 N 1
3(a)(ii) (P = ) F ÷ A OR 48 ÷ (0.12 × 0.16) 1
2500 Pa 1
3(b) Atmospheric pressure (in addition to liquid pressure) 1
3(c) P = hdg or in words OR (d =) P ÷ hg OR 2500 ÷ (0.32 × 10) 1
780 kg / m3 1
OR d = M ÷ V = 4.8 ÷ (0.12 × 0.16 × 0.32) (1)
780 kg / m3 (1)
4(a)(i) (Molecules) vibrate 1
4(a)(ii) random/haphazard/in all directions 1
Any one of: 1

with high speed
freely
zig-zag
in straight lines
4(b) (Molecules) collide with walls (of box) OR (Molecules) rebound from walls (of box) 1
Change of momentum (occurs) 1
force (on walls) = (total) change of momentum per second 1
Pressure = (total) force ÷ (total) area (of walls) 1

299/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a)(i) Refraction OR reflection 1
5(a)(ii) If refraction in (i) 1

Change or increase or decrease in speed of wave OR change of refractive index OR
If reflection in (i) (1)

Mention of surface or boundary
5(b)(i) 2 points both labelled F at 3.5 cm either side of optical centre of lens 1
5(b)(ii) Any two of: 2

Paraxial ray from tip of O refracted through farther F/3.5 cm
Undeviated ray from tip of O through optical centre of lens
Ray from tip of O through nearer F refracted paraxially
Image/I drawn from intersection of rays to principal axis with indication that image is inverted 1
5(b)(iii) In range 3.6 to 4.1 cm 1
5(b)(iv) (Image is) real and light passes through it OR can be projected/seen on a screen OR refracted rays cross/meet 1

300/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a)(i) At least 3 circular wavefronts centred on gap extending to at least half of semicircle 1
Same spacing as incident wavefronts 1
6(a)(ii) At least 3 straight, parallel, wavefronts, approximately same length as width of gap 1
Ends of straight lines curving towards but not reaching barrier 1
6(b) Any four of: 4

Diagram to show: labelled barrier, incident straight or curved waves
Diagram shows appropriately reflected waves
Water surface e.g. tank of water/ripple tank/pond/acceptable alternative
How waves are produced: e.g., moving end or length of solid rod dipping into surface OR small solid object thrown in.
Detail of barrier: made of metal, glass or wood fixed in position
How observed: by eye, video, film, stroboscope
7(a) (Metals) contain free/mobile electrons/delocalised electrons 1
7(b)(i) R α L and R α 1 ÷ A OR R α L ÷ A OR R = 16 × ½ ÷ 2 OR R = 16 ÷ 4 1
4.0 Ω 1
7(b)(ii) 1 ÷ R = (1 ÷ R1) + (1 ÷ R2) OR R = (R1 × R2) ÷ (R1 + R2) OR (1 ÷ R) = (1 ÷ 4) + (1 ÷ 16) OR (4 × 16) ÷ (4 + 16) 1
3.2 Ω 1
7(c)(i) 3E or 3 × E 1
7(c)(ii) IB > I2 > I1 (6th box ticked) 1

301/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a) (Q =) mc∆θ OR 200 × 4.2 × 22 1
18000 J 1
8(b) Q = m × L OR (L =) Q ÷ m OR 18 480 ÷ 60 1
310 J / g 1
8(c) (Thermal) energy/heat transfers from surroundings OR into water 1
9(a) Would not be effective OR No 1
With current on OR the (alternating) current should not be switched off 1
Magnet should be withdrawn from the coil 1
OR Magnet would be alternately magnetised in different directions (1)
Would remain magnetised in the direction occurring at the moment of switching off (1)
9(b)(i) Coil turns 1
Clockwise/continuously 1
Current (in coil) reverses every half turn/when coil is in vertical position OR force on current in a magnetic field 1
9(b)(ii) 1 × (4 × T) 1
2 × (2 × T) 1
3 × (T ÷ 2) 1

302/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a) To produce an alternating/changing magnetic field 1
so that current/voltage is induced (continuously) in the secondary coil OR secondary circuit 1
10(b)(i) Ns ÷ Np = Vs ÷ Vp in any form OR (Ns =) Np × Vs ÷ Vp OR 8000 × 6 ÷ 240 1
200 1
10(b)(ii) IpVp = IsVs in any form OR (Ip =) Is × Vs ÷ Vp OR 2.0 × 6 ÷ 240 1
0.050 A 1
10(b)(iii) (Number of lamps =) 2 ÷ 0.05 = 40 1
11(a) Number of protons = 86 and number of electrons = 86 1
Number of neutrons = 136 1
11(b) 218 1
84 Po
4 1
+2 α
11(c) 7.6 days = 2 half-lives or evidence of two halvings 1
(number of Rn atoms left = 6.4 × 106 ÷ 4 =) 1.6 × 106 1
number of α-particles emitted = (6.4 × 106 – 1.6 × 106 =) 4.8 × 106 1

303/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/42
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
304/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

305/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

306/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a)(i) 1 straight line from (0,0) to (10,50) 1
2 gradient/slope 1
1(a)(ii) a= ∆v ÷ ∆t in any form OR (a=) ∆v ÷ ∆t 1

OR (a =) (9–5) ÷ 10 OR 4 ÷ 10
(a =) 0.40 m / s2 1
1(b)(i) straight line down from any point on y-axis to any speed at 100 s 1
from (0,50) to (100,15) 1
1(b)(ii) uses area under graph OR av speed × time 1

OR s=ut + ½ at2 OR v2=u2 + 2as
100 × (50 + 15) ÷ 2 OR 100 × 15 + ½ (100 × 35) 1

OR 5000 – ½ × 0.35 × 1002
3300 m 1

307/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(a) average/overall/combined density (of the metal and air contained) less (than density of sea water) 1
2(b) (P =) h × ρ × g OR (V=) A × l in any form 1
(P= 1.2 × 1020 × 10 =) 12 000 (Pa) OR (V= 0.8 × 1.2 = ) 0.96 (m3) 1
P = F ÷ A OR (F =) P × A OR (W =) V × ρ × g 1
(F = 12240 × 0.80 =) 9800 N OR (F = W = ) 9800 N 1
2(c) same numerical answer as (b) 1
resultant/net (vertical) force = 0 OR downward force = upward force OR forces are balanced 1
3(a) (KE = ) ½ × m × v2 1
(KE = ) ½ × 9500 × 752 1
(KE = ) 2.7 × 107 J 1
3(b) KE = F × l OR (F = )KE ÷ l 1
OR (F =) 2.671875 × 107 × 150
OR v2 – u2 = 2ax OR (a =) v2 – u2 ÷ (2 × x)
OR (a = ) 752 ÷ (2 × 150) = 18.75
(F = ) 1.8 × 105 N 1
OR ((F =) m × a = 9500 × 18.75) = 1.8 × 105 N

308/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
4(a)(i) atoms drawn close to each other and in rows 1
4(a)(ii) atoms drawn far apart and randomly positioned 1
4(b)(i) (atoms) vibrate/oscillate 1
4(b)(ii) attractive forces between atoms/molecules (in the rock) OR energy/work to separate atoms/molecules 1
force (applied must be large enough) to overcome forces between atoms/molecules OR work/energy (large) enough to 1
separate atoms/molecules
4(c) helium spreads/diffuses/moves freely/collides with air (molecules) 1
the helium atoms travel in all directions/randomly/at high speed 1
OR helium rises (1)
helium has low density OR He atoms high speed (1)
5 diagram shows cans placed near heater 1
put thermometers in water AND observe readings 1
good detail e.g. 1

cans equal distances from heater
same water volumes/levels
thermometers same positions in cans
higher thermometer reading in black (painted) can OR black (surface) good/best/better absorber 1

309/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a) frequency 35 000 Hz ringed 1
longitudinal ringed 1
6(b) v = f λ OR (λ = ) v ÷ f 1
(λ=) 3 × 108 ÷ 1.3 × 1017 1
(λ =) 2.3 × 10–9 m 1
6(c) X-rays ionising/harmful/dangerous (to humans) 1
Any one from: 1

patient rarely exposed
low total dose on patient
meaningful comment about benefit outweighs danger
dentist frequently exposed
total dose on dentist would be high if stayed in room
6(d) microwaves harmful/dangerous (to humans) 1
microwaves would pass through open door 1

310/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a) (speed/it) decreases 1
refractive index > 1.0 OR sin (i) > sin (r) 1

OR i > r OR refraction/bends towards normal OR np>nw OR sin (i) ÷ sin (r) = cw ÷ cp
7(b)(i) paraxial ray refracts through F2 1
other ray continues undeviated 1
7(b)(ii) candidate’s rays from (b)(i) traced back to intersection 1
image marked from intersection of candidate’s rays to axis 1
7(b)(iii) in range 2.7 cm to 3.3 cm AND rays converge to the left of the object 1
7(b)(iv) virtual AND light does not pass through image/cannot be projected on to a screen OR object distance < f OR on left of object 1
8(a)(i) variable resistor OR rheostat 1
8(a)(ii) voltmeter symbol correctly connected across 20 Ω resistor 1
8(b) (I = )V ÷ R OR 6.0 ÷ 20 OR (any value < 6.0) ÷ 20 1
correct calculation of I for V>0 accept point on graph with correct co-ordinates, apart from the origin 1
straight line from (0,0) to (6.0,0.30) tolerance within ½ small square 1
8(c)(i) (combined resistance) less (than the resistance of either/smaller resistor) 1
8(c)(ii) steeper OR gradient greater OR description of how the line differs (e.g. reaches 0.40 A before V reaches 6.0 V) 1
ignore 2nd line above 1st line

311/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a)(i) forces on AB and CD in opposite (vertical) directions 1
9(a)(ii) Column 2 increased by factor 3 Box 6 1
Column 3 increased by factor 3 Box 6 1
Column 4 decreased by factor 2 Box 3 1
9(b)(i) deflects OR shows I/V/p.d. 1
returns to zero 1
9(b)(ii) produces/changes magnetic field 1
S pole at bottom OR magnetic field opposes motion/(magnetic) field of magnet 1
10(a)(i) electrons/–ve charges (in metal) move o.w.t.t.e. to top half/move up 1
10(a)(ii) more –ve charges in top half than bottom OR more +ve charges in bottom half than top 1
NOT if contradiction e.g. more +ve in top and more –ve in top
10(a)(iii) helps (keep plastic sheet in place)/yes 1
unlike charges attract OR attractive force between metal plate and plastic sheet 1
10(b) 1 both threads angled away from other ball 1
2 like/same/positive charges repel 1

312/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
231
11(a) Th 1
90Th 1
11(b)(i) splitting of a nucleus into (2) parts/light(er)nucleus 1
11(b)(ii) (fission involves production of) ionising radiation OR radiation dangerous/harmful (to humans) 1
(thick concrete walls) absorb/stop the radiation (and so protect workers) 1
11(b)(iii) no CO2/SO2/greenhouse gases/acid rain 1
nuclear waste (disposal) OR leaks of radioactive material OR risk of radiation in case of accident 1
11(c) (52 hours =) 2 half-lives OR evidence of 2 halvings 1
(after 52 hours number of thorium atoms left = 4.8 × 109 ÷ 4 =) 1.2 × 109 1
OR (number of thorium atoms decayed =) ¾ × 4.8 × 109
(number of atoms decayed = 4.8 × 109 – 1.2 × 109 ) = 3.6 × 109 1

313/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/43
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
314/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

315/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

316/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) tangent on graph OR gradient OR (a =) ∆v ÷ ∆t or (v – u) ÷ t C1
accept gradient increases; not gradient decreases C1
values from tangent or line 13 to 14 m / s2 A1
1(b)(i) gradient changes OR graph is curved B1
1(b)(ii) mass of space rocket decreases OR gravitational field strength decreases B1
1(c) area under graph OR (distance =) average speed × time C1
4550 × 100 OR (4100 + 5000) ÷ 2 × 100 C1
4.5/4.55/4.6 × 105 m A1
2(a)(i) (KE =) ½ × m × v2 C1
½ × 0.020 × 3502 C1
1200 J A1
2(a)(ii) (∆h =) KE ÷ mg OR 1200 ÷ (0.020 × 10) OR 1225 ÷ (0.020 × 10) C1
6000/6100 m A1
2(b)(i) (force of) air resistance acts downwards M1
adds to gravitational force/resultant force increases/deceleration increases/deceleration > g A1
2(b)(ii) (kinetic energy) to gravitational potential energy B1
(kinetic energy) to thermal/internal energy B1

317/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a)(i) (p =) h × ρ × g or 5.0 × 1000 × 10 C1
50 000 (Pa) C1
(total pressure = 50 000 + 1.0 × 105 =) 1.5 × 105 Pa A1
3(a)(ii) 1.5 × 105 Pa B1
3(b) (rises because) density of gas is less than density of OR resultant upward force on bubble B1
(as bubble rises) pressure (of gas in bubble) decreases B1
(volume of bubble increases because) p × V = constant OR V∝ 1 ÷ p B1
4(a) more energetic molecules escape/evaporate B1
less energetic molecules remain B1
average kinetic energy of molecules decreases OR temperature depends on kinetic energy B1
4(b) convection B1
surface/colder water more dense OR contracts B1
(cold water) sinks OR warmer water rises B1
4(c)(i)1 difference between the maximum temperature and minimum temperature it can measure B1
4(c)(i)2 distance moved by the thread per °C OR per unit temperature change B1
4(c)(ii) (range) increases and less expansion/increase in volume (of mercury per unit temperature rise) B1

318/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a)(i) path shows three or more straight line sections B1
with sudden changes of direction and at least two different lengths B1
5(a)(ii) air molecules travelling in random (directions) B1
collide with the smoke particle B1
5(b) (average) speed of the molecules decreases B1
molecules collide less often (on the piston and the walls of the cylinder) B1
smaller momentum change molecules (on collision) B1
piston now has a greater force on its right-hand side OR pressure less than atmospheric B1
6(a) attempt at compressions and rarefactions B1
at least one compression labelled and at least one rarefaction labelled B1
wavelength and labelled λ B1
6(b)(i) (it/frequency remains) constant B1
6(b)(ii) (it/wavelength) decreases B1
6(c) 320 to 350 m / s B1

319/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a) one side of wave(front) slows down before the other side B1
wave(front) slews around OR bends at boundary B1
bends towards the normal OR bends towards the side that slows first B1
7(b) (n =) c ÷ v OR (3.0 × 08) ÷ (1.9 × 108) C1
1.6 A1
8(a)(i) straight line from tip of O to tip of I B1
dotted line/lens marked at 3.0 cm from O B1
8(a)(ii) Any one of: B1

paraxial ray from tip of O refracting at lens to tip of I
paraxial ray to I from lens and ray from O to meet it at lens
8(a)(iii) (focal length) in range 2.2 cm to 2.6 cm B1
8(a)(iv) real and light pass through it/projected on to screen/rays converge B1
8(b) (focused rays) set fire to curtain B1

320/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a) (R =) V ÷ I OR 12 ÷ 0.15 C1
80 Ω A1
9(b)(i) increases B1
9(b)(ii) (voltmeter reading) decreases OR less p.d. across variable resistor B1
more p.d. across 20Ω/fixed resistor B1
9(c)(i) 1.5 J of (electrical) energy supplied in driving charge around the circuit B1
energy per unit charge OR per coulomb B1
9(c)(ii) 8 B1
10(a)(i) there is a reading OR shows I/V/p.d. M1
then returns to zero/centre A1
10(a)(ii) S/south-pole at the right-hand end which attracts the magnet B1
opposes the change (causing the deflection) B1
10(b)(i) (turns ratio or NP ÷ NS =) VP ÷ VS OR 240 ÷ 12 C1
20 OR 20 ÷ 1 OR 20:1 A1
10(b)(ii) diode underlined B1

321/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
11(a)(i) β(-particles) B1
11(a)(ii) α(-particles) B1
11(a)(iii) γ(-rays) B1
11(b)(i) downward curve B1
11(b)(ii) 3 (half-lives identified) OR 168 ÷ 56 C1
1 ÷ 8 OR 9.0 × 105 (Rn) atoms remain C1
(7.2 × 06 – 9.0 × 105 =) 6.3 × 106 (α-particles emitted) A1

322/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/41
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
components.
323/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

324/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

325/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
B marks are independent marks, which do not depend on other marks. For a B mark to be scored, the point to which it refers must be seen specifically
in the candidate’s answer.
M marks are method marks upon which accuracy marks (A marks) later depend. For an M mark to be scored, the point to which it refers must be seen
in a candidate's answer. If a candidate fails to score a particular M mark, then none of the dependent A marks can be scored.
C marks are compensatory marks in general applicable to numerical questions. These can be scored even if the point to which they refer are not written
down by the candidate, provided subsequent working gives evidence that they must have known it. For example, if an equation carries a
C mark and the candidate does not write down the actual equation but does correct substitution or working which shows he knew the equation,
then the C mark is scored. A C mark is not awarded if a candidate makes two points which contradict each other. Points which are wrong but
irrelevant are ignored.
A marks A marks are accuracy or answer marks which either depend on an M mark, or which are one of the ways which allow a C mark to be scored. A
marks are commonly awarded for final answers to numerical questions. If a final numerical answer, eligible for A marks, is correct, with the
correct unit and an acceptable number of significant figures, all the marks for that question are normally awarded.
Brackets ( ) Brackets around words or units in the mark scheme are intended to indicate wording used to clarify the mark scheme, but the marks do not
depend on seeing the words or units in brackets, e.g. 10 (J) means that the mark is scored for 10, regardless of the unit given.
e.e.o.o. This means "each error or omission".
o.w.t.t.e. This means “or words to that effect”.
Ignore This indicates that something which is not correct or irrelevant is to be disregarded and does not cause a right plus wrong penalty.
Spelling Be generous about spelling and use of English. If an answer can be understood to mean what we want, give credit. However, do not allow
ambiguities, e.g. spelling which suggests confusion between reflection / refraction / diffraction or thermistor / transistor / transformer.
Not/NOT This indicates that an incorrect answer is not to be disregarded, but cancels another otherwise correct alternative offered by the candidate, i.e.
right plus wrong penalty applies.

326/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
ecf meaning "error carried forward" is mainly applicable to numerical questions, but may in particular circumstances be applied in non-numerical
questions. This indicates that if a candidate has made an earlier mistake and has carried an incorrect value forward to subsequent stages of
working, marks indicated by ecf may be awarded, provided the subsequent working is correct, bearing in mind the earlier mistake. This
prevents a candidate from being penalised more than once for a particular mistake, but only applies to marks annotated ecf.
Significant Answers are normally acceptable to any number of significant figures ≥ 2. Any exceptions to this general rule will be specified in the mark
scheme.
2
Unless listed here or stated in the mark scheme for the question, do not accept derived units e.g. kg m / s for N is NOT acceptable.
2
The following are acceptable alternatives: N m for J, J / s or N m / s for W, N / m for Pa, N s and kg m / s are both acceptable for momentum
and impulse. Beware: J is NOT acceptable for moments.
Condone wrong use of upper and lower case symbols e.g. pA for Pa.
Annotate with U. For more than one unit error in a question, underline with a wavy line to indicate an error which has not been penalised.
Arithmetic errors Deduct one mark if the only error in arriving at a final answer is clearly an arithmetic one. Regard a power-of-ten error as an arithmetic error.
Transcription Deduct one mark if the only error in arriving at a final answer is because previously
errors calculated data has clearly been misread but used correctly.
Fractions Allow these only where specified in the mark scheme.
Crossed out work Work which has been crossed out and not replaced but can easily be read, should be marked as if it had not been crossed out.
Use of NR Use this if the answer space for a question is completely blank or contains no readable words, figures or symbols.

327/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a)(i)1 (4800 / 120 =) 40 m / s B1
1(a)(i)2 (v =) gradient of any part of straight line C1
Value between 50 and 60 m / s A1
1(a)(ii) At t = 20 s, acceleration > zero / acceleration is taking place / greater acceleration than at 100 s B1
At t = 100 s, acceleration = zero / 0 B1
1(b)(i) (F =) ma OR 5.6 × 105 × 0.75 C1
4.2 × 105 N A1
1(b)(ii) Speed / velocity decreases (with time) OR slowing down B1

OR negative acceleration
OR Rate of decrease of speed / velocity
2(a) P × 1.5 B1
2(b)(i) (W × 1.0 OR 210 × 1.0 =) 210 N m B1
2(b)(ii) P × 1.5 = 210 OR P = 210 / 1.5 C1
140 N A1
2(b)(iii) P + Q = 210 OR 140 + Q = 210 OR Q × 1.5 = 210 × 0.5 OR Q = 210 × 0.5 / 1.5 OR P × 0.5 = Q C1
Q = 70 N A1

328/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a) Energy cannot be created or destroyed B1

OR energy can only be transferred from one form to another
OR total energy remains constant
3(b)(i) Chemical (energy) to kinetic (energy) AND / OR potential (energy) B1
Any one of: B1

Kinetic (energy) to potential (energy) OR gravitational (energy)
Potential (energy) OR gravitational (energy) to kinetic (energy)
Kinetic (energy) to thermal (energy) OR heat (energy)
3(b)(ii)1 (momentum =) mv OR 4.0 × 12 C1
48 kg m / s or N s A1
3(b)(ii)2 (average force =) momentum change / time OR m(v – u) / t C1

OR (mv – mu) / t OR F = ma AND a = (v – u) / t OR 48 / 0.60
80 N A1

329/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
4(a) mass = 0.25 (kg) OR ρ = m / V C1
volume = (π × 0.032 × 0.1 = 2.8 × 10–4 (m3)) C1
density = (0.25 / 2.8 × 10–4) = 890 kg / m3 A1
OR
mass = 250 (g) OR ρ = m / V
volume = (π × 32 × 10 =) 280 cm3
density = (250 / 280 =) 0.89 g / cm3
OR
ρ = F / A = hρg
ρ = F / Ahg OR 2.5 / π × 0.032 × 0.1 × 10
= 890 kg / m3
4(b)(i) manometer B1
4(b)(ii) (P =) hdg OR 0.02 × 800 × 10 C1
160 Pa A1
4(b)(iii) Value of h stays the same M1
Difference in height not dependent on cross-sectional area of tube A1

OR Pressure of a liquid column depends only on values of h, d and g

330/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a)(i) 2 different metals labelled B1
2 junctions between different metals B1
Correctly connected meter B1
5(a)(ii) Any two of: B2

Suitable for high temp measurement OR has wide range
Has low value of thermal capacity OR absorbs only a small
quantity of thermal energy / heat
Measures temperature at a point OR small size
Responds quickly
Can be used for remote sensing
5(b)(i) More sensitive B1
Thread moves further (for same expansion) B1
5(b)(ii) More sensitive B1
Greater expansion / more liquid (from bulb) B1

331/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a) Any three from: B3

Temperature (of liquid / water)
Surface area (of liquid / water)
Draught / wind / movement of air (over surface)
Temperature of surroundings
Humidity (of surrounding air)
6(b) Any two from: B2

More energetic / faster molecules escape
Less energetic / slower molecules remain OR remaining
water is colder
Thermal energy / heat flows from body / skin to colder water
(and person feels colder)
OR (for one mark each)
(Evaporation requires) latent heat of vaporisation

Thermal energy / heat flows from body / skin

332/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a) Light of a single colour / wavelength / frequency B1
7(b)(i) Reflected wavefronts:
In air, at least 3 wavefronts parallel to each other. B1
Same spacing as incident wavefronts B1
Reflecting at same angle with surface as incident wavefronts B1
7(b)(ii) Refracted wavefronts:
In glass, at least 3 wavefronts parallel to each other AND continuous with incident wavefronts, unless drawn to right of B1
incident wavefronts.
Smaller wavelength than incident wavefronts AND equally spaced. B1
At smaller angle with surface than incident wavefronts and rotated clockwise compared to incident wavefronts B1
7(c) Rope drawn with two of: B2

Amplitude labelled
Wavelength labelled
Crest and trough labelled

333/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a) Particles / molecules / water / medium vibrate B1
Vibration is in the direction travel of the wave B1
Has compressions and rarefactions B1
8(b)(i) Value in range from 900 m / s to 2000 m / s B1
8(b)(ii) v = fλ in any form OR (λ =) v / f OR answer to (b)(i) / 800 C1
correct evaluation with unit (m) A1
9(a) 2 lamps with correct circuit symbol, in parallel, with correct connection to battery B1
9(b)(i) (12 / 6.0 =) 2.0 A B1
9(b)(ii) (P =) IV OR 2.0 × 12 C1
OR (C1)
(P =) I2R OR 2.02 × 6.0
OR (C1)
(P =) V2 / R OR 122 / 6.0
24 W A1
9(c) (E =) IVt OR Pt in any form OR 36 × 20 C1
= 36 × 20 × 60 × 60 C1
= 2.6 × 106 J A1

334/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a) (soft) iron B1
10(b)(i) Alternating / changing magnetic field in primary (coil) B1
Alternating / changing (magnetic) field in core (and in secondary coil) OR (magnetic) field lines / flux link secondary B1
e.m.f / voltage induced (in secondary coil) B1
10(b)(ii) VP / VS = NP / NS in any form OR (VP =) VS × NP / NS C1

OR 78 × 560 / 910
48 V A1
10(c) Lower current B1
(Power loss from cables =) I2R so lower current means less power loss OR less heat loss B1

335/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
11(a) 14 B1
C on left-hand side
6
14 14 B1
on right-hand side (ignoring letter after or before )
7 7
14 B1
N after on right-hand side
7
0 0 B1
+ e on right-hand side OR – e on left-hand side
−1 −1
11(b) Not α because count-rate with paper increase B1
Not β because count-rate with aluminium increase B1
is γ because count rate reduces with lead only B1

OR does not reduce with paper or aluminium

336/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/42
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
components.
337/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

338/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

339/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

340/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
scheme.
Unless listed here or stated in the mark scheme for the question, do not accept derived units e.g. kg m / s2 for N is NOT acceptable.
The following are acceptable alternatives: N m for J, J / s or N m / s for W, N / m2 for Pa, N s and kg m / s are both acceptable for momentum

341/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a)(i) (v =) gradient or 1800 / 60 or 900 / 30 C1
30 m / s A1
1(a)(ii) (v = ) d / t or (average speed =) d / t OR (2700 – 1800) / (120 – 60) = 900 / 60 C1
(v =) 15 m / s A1
1(b)(i) 0 (m / s2) B1
1(b)(ii) 1.4 × 104 N B1
1(c) speed / velocity decreases (with time) or negative acceleration or deceleration B1
to zero (speed) / stationary B1
2(a) (volume =) πr2h or π(0.0352) × 0.12 or 4.62 × 10–4 (m3) C1
ρ = m / V in any form OR (m =) ρV C1
(mass = 900 × 4.62 × 10–4 = ) 0.41 (kg) A1
0.66 kg or 250 g or 0.25 kg correctly added to previous result B1
2(b)(i) manometer B1
2(b)(ii) P = ρgh in any form or (ρ =) P / gh C1
(ρ = 400 / (10 × 0.05) = ) 800 kg / m3 A1
2(b)(iii) liquid on left goes further up tube B1
pressure of gas greater than air pressure + pressure from liquid column B1

342/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a) mv – mu or mu – mv in any form B1
3(b)(i) (impulse =) Ft in any form C1
(impulse =) 2.4 N s A1
3(b)(ii) Ft = mv – mu in any form OR (v – u =) Ft / m C1
43 m / s A1
3(b)(iii) 1 kinetic energy (of racquet) to elastic / strain energy (in ball or strings) B1
2. elastic / strain energy (in ball or strings) to kinetic energy (of ball) B1
4(a)(i) any feasible named insulating material B1
reduces thermal energy / heat loss or transfer to surroundings B1
more (calculated electrical) energy B1

(transferred) into block
or (it is an) insulator / poor conductor
4(a)(ii) insulation on top of block B1
4(b) (energy input = VIt = 12 × 3.8 × 600 =) 27 000 (J) B1
SHC = E / m∆T in any form OR E / m∆T B1
(∆T = ) 55 – 25 OR 30 (°C) B1
(SHC = 27 000 / (2 × 30)) = 450 J kg–1 °C–1 OR J / (kg °C) B1

343/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a)(i) dispersion B1
5(a)(ii) point A: red point B: violet B1
5(a)(iii) different speeds / refractive indices / refractions( for different colours / wavelengths) B1
5(b)(i) 1 more reflection on top wall of fibre, between X and end of fibre AND 0 reflections on lower wall of fibre B1
AND ray reaches end of fibre
5(b)(ii) sin c = 1 / n in any form C1
(c = sin –1(1 / 1.46) =) 43° A1
5(b)(iii) Any two from B2

• to carry (telephone) signals / communications
• for medical diagnosis / imaging
• specified artistic (display)
• specified lighting

344/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a)(i) C marked within the shortest gap B1
6(a)(ii) R marked within longest gap B1
6(a)(iii) double-headed arrow across two wavelengths B1
6(b) (v = ) f λ in any form C1
(v = 750 × 0.45 = ) 340 m / s A1
6(c) air OR any / a gas B1

AND speed is (typical) of sound in a gas
6(d)(i) longitudinal OR vibration parallel to wave travel direction OR transfer energy B1
6(d)(ii) frequency / pitch less OR below 20 000 Hz OR audible (to someone with normal hearing) B1
7(a)(i) P = I V in any form OR (I =) P / V C1
(I = 60 / 110 = ) 0.55 A A1
7(a)(ii) (I =) 1.6 A B1
7(a)(iii) 110 V B1
7(b)(i) I = V / R in any form OR (R =) V / I C1

OR (R =) V2 / P OR (R=) P / I2
(R = 110 / 0.55 = ) 200 Ω A1
7(b)(ii) 2nd box (twice the length) B1
4th box (half the area of cross-section) B1

345/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a)(i) (moves) towards negative rod / to right B1
opposite / unlike charges attract B1
8(a)(ii) (wood / it) or cubes( / float) rotates / turns / spins B1
2 forces cause moment / couple / torque / turning effect B1
8(b) conductors: free / delocalised electrons OR electrons move B1
insulators: no free / delocalised electrons OR electrons / charges cannot move OR electrons fixed in place B1
8(c) at least 4 approx. evenly spaced straight lines with correct arrows radially outwards B1
9(a) steel, nickel, cobalt B1
9b(i) magnetic field (lines) cut OR changing magnetic field / flux linkage (in coil) B1
e.m.f. / voltage induced B1
9(b)(ii) (end Q) is an N-pole B1
repels / opposes (approaching) N-pole / magnet B1

withdraw N-pole (from end Q) OR move magnet to the right
insert S-pole (into end Q)
insert N-pole into other end
withdraw S-pole from other end or carry on past mid-point

346/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a)(i) any two from B2

• soil / rocks / buildings / the Earth
• cosmic rays / space
• the Sun
• medical sources
• food or drink
• air / radon
10(a)(ii) random (variation of background radiation / radioactivity) B1
10(b) 160 and 10 (counts / min) C1
(160 / 10= ) 16 C1
4 half-lives A1
(24 / 4 = ) 6 days B1
10(c) 2 correct lines B1
4 correct lines B1
6 correct lines B1

347/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/43
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
components.
348/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
marking principles.
descriptors.

349/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

350/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED

351/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
scheme.
Unless listed here or stated in the mark scheme for the question, do not accept derived units e.g. kg m / s2 for N is NOT acceptable.
The following are acceptable alternatives: N m for J, J / s or N m / s for W, N / m2 for Pa, N s and kg m / s are both acceptable for momentum

352/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a) P marked on line between t = 0 s and t = 30 s B1
1(b)(i) (v =) gradient or 150 / 30 or appropriate division using other points C1
5.0 m / s A1
1(b)(ii) (v =) x / t or (300 – 150) / (45 – 30) or 150 / 15 C1
10 m / s A1
1(c) gradient decreasing B1
smooth transition to horizontal and line not too thick B1
horizontal to (60 s, 400 m) B1
2(a) 1st box: force B1
2nd box: impulse B1
2(b)(i) 1 (p =) mv or 0.046 × 65 C1
3.0 kg m / s or 3.0 N s A1
C1
2 (F =) m(v – u) / t or or a = (v – u) / t and F = ma or
3.0 / 0.00050 0.046 × 65 / 0.00050 or
0.046 × 130 000
A1
6000 N or 6000 N
2(b)(ii) elastic (energy) or strain (energy) B1

353/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a)(i) (mercury) barometer B1
3(a)(ii) vacuum or nothing or (low pressure) mercury vapour B1
3(a)(iii) (p) = hρ g or 0.76 × 1.4 × 104 × 10 C1
1.1 × 105 Pa A1
3(b) (m =)ρ V or ρ πr 2l or ρ πd2l / 4 or in numbers C1
(W =)ρ Vg or ρ πr 2l g or ρ πd 2l g / 4 or in numbers C1
84 N A1
4(a) (f = ) v / λ or 0.15 / 0.030 C1
5.0 Hz A1
4(b)(i) transmission of energy (through medium) and no transfer of matter B1
(direction of) vibration of particles or (direction of) vibration of medium M1
perpendicular to direction of energy travel / wave / propagation A1
4(b)(ii) wave with constant wavelength and amplitude B1
wavelength indicated and labelled B1
amplitude indicated and labelled B1

354/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a) power supply and (top-pan) balance / scales and stopwatch / timer / joulemeter B1
measure mass (of block) and initial and final temperature B1
reading from joulemeter or measure time (of heating) and (E =) Pt / VIt or c = Pt / m∆T B1
c = Pt / m∆T or c = E / m∆T B1
5(b)(i) energy required to increase the temperature per °C / per unit temperature increase B1
5(b)(ii) (C =) m c or 85 × 460 C1
3.9 × 104 J / °C A1

355/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a)(i) correct refractions and dispersion at first surface M1
correct and more refractions of both rays at second surface and (more) divergence and labels A1
6(a)(ii) violet B1
6(b)(i) (light of) a single frequency B1
6(b)(ii) total internal reflection (at side AC) or internal reflection and no refraction B1
angle of incidence greater than critical angle / 42° B1

(and refractive index of glass greater than that of air than air)
6(b)(iii) light refracts (at Y) B1
angle of incidence less than critical angle / 42° B1
(some) light reflects B1

356/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a)(i) no delocalised / free / mobile electrons in an insulator or electrons fixed (in place) / tightly bound in an insulator B1
7(a)(ii) no charge flows / current in doctor or doctor does not receive an electric shock B1
which might prove fatal / kill / injure / harm doctor or so charge flows / current in patient B1
7(b) electrons move (from one contact to the other) B1
negative contact gains electrons / negative charges and positive contact loses electrons / negative charges B1
7(c) (I =) Q / t or 9.1 × 10–3 / 6.5 × 10–4 C1
14 A A1

357/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a) from chemical (energy) to thermal / heat (energy) C1
from chemical (energy) to thermal / heat (energy) and as a result of electrical working A1
8(b)(i) (I =) V / R or 2.4 / 120 C1
0.020 A A1
8(b)(ii) 6.6 V B1
8(b)(iii) 330 Ω B1
8(c) multiplication by 5.0 or R ∝ l C1
multiplication by 2.0 / 4.0 or division by 0.50 / 0.25 or R ∝ 1 / A or R ∝ 1 / r 2 C1
multiplication by 4.0 or division by 0.25 or 20 × 330 C1
6600 Ω A1

358/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a) (a d.c. has) constant value / magnitude or direction does not change or has only one direction B1
9(b)(i) sinusoidal curve in phase with voltage and maximum value of 0.75 A and same frequency B1
9(b)(ii) (P =) VI or 7.2 × 0.75 C1
5.4 W A1
9(c)(i) vertical, upward arrow labelled M on side AB B1
9(c)(ii) A to B and (Fleming’s) right-hand rule (in some way) B1
rule explained (i.e. fingers explained or labelled 3D diagram) B1
9(c)(iii) greater (maximum) voltage B1
greater frequency or smaller time period or changes direction more often or alternates faster B1

359/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a) 234
(Pa ) B1
91
0
(β ) B1
–1
10(b) 72 / 24 or 3.0 (half-lives) C1
23 or 1 / 8 or 2480 / 8 C1
310 counts / second A1
10(c) count rate larger (than 310 counts / second) B1
protactinium is also emitting (β-)particles / (nuclear) radiation B1
count rate (approximately) double or product of protactinium decay also radioactive or amount of protactinium small or B1
protactinium is highly radioactive or half-life of protactinium much shorter (than half-life of thorium) / very short

360/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Cambridge International Examinations
PHYSICS 0625/42
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the March 2017 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®,
Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level components.
361/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
B marks are independent marks, which do not depend on other marks. For a B mark to be
scored, the point to which it refers must be seen specifically in the candidate’s
answer.
M marks are method marks upon which accuracy marks (A marks) later depend. For an M
mark to be scored, the point to which it refers must be seen in a candidate's
answer. If a candidate fails to score a particular M mark, then none of the
dependent A marks can be scored.
C marks are compensatory marks in general applicable to numerical questions. These can
be scored even if the point to which they refer are not written down by the
candidate, provided subsequent working gives evidence that they must have
known it. For example, if an equation carries a C mark and the candidate does not
write down the actual equation but does correct substitution or working which
shows he knew the equation, then the C mark is scored. A C mark is not awarded
if a candidate makes two points which contradict each other. Points which are
wrong but irrelevant are ignored.
A marks A marks are accuracy or answer marks which either depend on an M mark, or
which are one of the ways which allow a C mark to be scored. A marks are
commonly awarded for final answers to numerical questions. If a final numerical
answer, eligible for A marks, is correct, with the correct unit and an acceptable
number of significant figures, all the marks for that question are normally awarded.
It is very occasionally possible to arrive at a correct answer by an entirely wrong
approach. In these rare circumstances, do not award the A marks, but award C
marks on their merits. An A mark following an M mark is a dependent mark.
Brackets ( ) Brackets around words or units in the mark scheme are intended to indicate
wording used to clarify the mark scheme, but the marks do not depend on seeing
the words or units in brackets, e.g. 10 (J) means that the mark is scored for 10,
regardless of the unit given.
Underlining Underlining indicates that this must be seen in the answer offered, or something
very similar.
OR / or This indicates alternative answers, any one of which is satisfactory for scoring the
marks.
e.e.o.o. This means “each error or omission”.
Ignore This indicates that something which is not correct or irrelevant is to be disregarded
and does not cause a right plus wrong penalty.
Spelling Be generous about spelling and use of English. If an answer can be understood to
mean what we want, give credit. However, do not allow ambiguities, e.g. spelling
which suggests confusion between reflection / refraction / diffraction or thermistor /
Not/NOT This indicates that an incorrect answer is not to be disregarded, but cancels
another otherwise correct alternative offered by the candidate, i.e. right plus wrong
penalty applies.

362/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
ecf meaning “error carried forward” is mainly applicable to numerical questions, but
may in particular circumstances be applied in non-numerical questions. This
indicates that if a candidate has made an earlier mistake and has carried an
incorrect value forward to subsequent stages of working, marks indicated by ecf
may be awarded, provided the subsequent working is correct, bearing in mind the
earlier mistake. This prevents a candidate from being penalised more than once
for a particular mistake, but only applies to marks annotated ecf. For the ecf mark
to be awarded, the carried forward quantity must be seen in the working.
Significant Answers are normally acceptable to any number of significant figures ⩾ 2. Any
figures exceptions to this general rule will be specified in the mark scheme.
Units Deduct one mark for each incorrect or missing unit from an answer that would
otherwise gain all the marks available for that answer: maximum 1 per question.
No deduction is incurred if the unit is missing from the final answer but is shown
correctly in the working.
Arithmetic errors Deduct one mark if the only error in arriving at a final answer is clearly an
arithmetic one. Regard a power-of-ten error as an arithmetic error.
Crossed out work Work which has been crossed out and not replaced but can easily be read,
should be marked as if it had not been crossed out.

363/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
1(a)(i) Constant positive or negative gradient, labelled A B1
1(a)(ii) Decreasing positive or negative gradient, labelled B B1
1(b)(i) Constant positive or negative gradient, labelled S B1
1(b)(ii) Increasing positive or negative gradient, labelled T B1
1(c) F = ma in any form OR (a =) F / m OR 56 000 / 16 000 C1
3.5 (m / s2) C1
a = (v – u) / t in any form OR v – u = at OR v = at OR at OR 3.5 × 16 C1
56 m / s A1
Total: 8

364/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(a) (Momentum) has direction B1

OR Momentum depends on velocity and velocity is a vector
2(b)(i) (Change of momentum =) mv – mu OR m ∆v OR (-) mu C1

OR (–)1200 × 7.5
(–) 9000 kg m / s or N s A1
2(b)(ii) (F =) change of momentum / time OR m(v – u) / t OR m∆v / t OR 9000 / 0.36 C1
25 000 N A1
OR
a = (v – u) / t OR (0 – 7.5) / 0.36 OR (–) 20.8 m / s2 (C1)
F = (ma OR 200 × 20.8 =) 25 000 N (A1)
2(c)(i) ½ m v2 = 4.3 × 105 C1
v2 = 2 × 4.3 × 105 / 1500 OR v = (2 × 4.3 × 105 / 1500)1/2 C1
24 m / s A0
2(c)(ii) Other parts of the car will deform / bend / break etc. OR more damage B1
Total: 8

365/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a)(i) No resultant force / net force OR Forces are balanced OR Forces in opposite directions are equal OR Forces cancel B1
3(a)(ii) no resultant / net moment / torque / turning effect B1

OR (Sum of) clockwise moments = (sum of) anticlockwise moments
3(b)(i) 24 × 0.4 = 9.6 kN m OR 24 000 × 0.4 = 9600 N m B1
3(b)(ii) T1 × 1.6 B1
= 9.6 OR = 9600 C1
(T1 =) 6 kN OR (T1 =) 6000 N A1
3(b)(iii) T1 + T2 = 24 000 OR 6000 + T2 = 24 000 C1
(T2 =) 18 000 N A1
OR
T1 + T2 = 24 OR 6.0 + T2 = 24 (C1)
(T2 =) 18 kN (A1)
OR
T2 × 0.40 = 6000 × 1.2 (C1)
(T2 =) 18 000 N (A1)
OR
T2 × 0.40 = 6.0 × 1.2 (C1)
(T2 =) 18 kN (A1)
Total: 8

366/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
4(a) Density of bulb A greater than the density of the water (and sinks) B1
Density of other bulbs less than the density of water (and float) B1
4(b)(i) Glass is a poor conductor of heat OR glass conducts heat at a slow rate B1
OR water has a high (specific) heat capacity
4(b)(ii) The water expands OR separation of water molecules increases B1
The water becomes less dense B1
Bulb B now has a greater density than the water (and sinks) OR Weight of bulb B more than buoyancy forces / upthrust B1
4(c) 24 oC – 26 oC B1
Total: 7
5(a)(i) Two of: B2

Evaporation takes place at any temperature
Evaporation takes place at the surface
Evaporation takes thermal energy / heat from liquid OR Evaporation lowers temperature of liquid
No bubbles (rise to surface during evaporation)
Evaporation lowers temperature of liquid
5(a)(ii) e.g. B1
condensation / change from gas to liquid
OR freezing or solidification / change from liquid to solid
OR melting / change from solid to liquid
OR sublimation / change from solid to gas

367/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(b)(i) Point A: liquid cooling / temperature of liquid falling B1
Point B: (liquid) freezing / changing (from liquid) to solid B1
Point C: solid cooling / temperature of solid falling B1
5(b)(ii) Specific heat capacity of liquid greater than specific heat capacity of solid B1
Total: 7
6(a) Visible / light and infra-red B1
6(b) Any 4 of: B4

Level of water in left-hand tube falls and level of water in right-hand rises
Matt black bulb is a good absorber OR is better absorber than shiny bulb
Shiny bulb is a good reflector OR is better reflector than matt black bulb
Temperature rises more in left-hand tube OR less in right-hand tube
Pressure rises more in left-hand tube OR less in right-hand tube
Air expands more in left-hand hand tube OR less in right-hand tube
Total: 5

368/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a) Diminished, inverted and real ticked. All correct = 2 marks; 1 or 2 correct = 1 mark; contradiction loses 1 mark. B2
7(b) Incident ray parallel to axis from tip of object to centre line of lens. Refracted ray from centre line of lens to tip of image B1
OR: Refracted ray parallel to axis from tip of image to centre line of lens. Incident ray from tip of object to meet refracted ray at
centre line of lens
Principal focus to right or left of lens marked
7(c) Candidate’s distance from centre of lens to point marked F (even if clearly in wrong position) B1
OR candidate’s distance from centre of lens to correct point even if not marked F
7(d) Any straight-line ray from tip of object to tip of image, not passing through a principal focus of the lens, that changes direction B1
at centre line of lens
Total: 5
8(a)(i) Copper B1
Copper has (very) low resistance OR is a (very) good (electrical) conductor B1
8(a)(ii) (Soft) iron / mu metal B1
(Soft) iron / mu metal) can be easily magnetised and demagnetised B1
8(b)(i) X is step-up (transformer) Y: is step-down (transformer) B1
8(b)(ii) High voltage means low current OR high voltage lowers current B1
Power / heat / energy / voltage loss is less B1
Thinner cables / wires suitable for low current B1
8(b)(iii) 240 V safe / safer (for use by consumers) B1
Total: 9

369/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a)(i) Resistance constant B1
9(a)(ii) Resistance increases B1
9(b)(i) I = V/R in any form OR (R=) V/I C1
8.0/0.72 C1
11 Ω A1
9(b)(ii) (P = ) IV OR 0.72 × 8.0 C1
5.8 W A1
OR I2R OR 0.722 × candidate’s (b)(i) (C1)

OR V2/R OR 82 / candidate’s (b)(i)
5.7 W or 5.8 W (dependent on exact data used) (A1)
9(c)(i) 8.0 V B1
9(c)(ii) (5 × 0.72 =) 3.6 A B1
Total: 9

370/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a) Electrons / negative particles B1
Move (in circuit) from negative (terminal) to positive (terminal of battery) B1
10(b)(i) (I =) Q / t OR 0.60 / 0.000050 C1
12 000 A A1
10(b)(ii) (E=) I V t OR 12 000 × 2.5 × 108 × 0.000050 C1
1.5 × 108 J A1
OR
(E=) Q V OR 0.60 × 2.5 × 108 (C1)
1.5 × 108 J (A1)
10(b)(iii) Converted to any two of: thermal energy / heat, light and sound B1
Total: 7

371/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
11(a) α-particles and β-particles are both present, stated or implied B1
α-particles: stopped by / absorbed by paper B1
β-particles: deflected by (magnetic) field B1
γ-rays: absent B1
with paper and magnetic field count falls to background / 20 counts / s. B1
11(b) α-particles: (150 – 60 =) 90 counts / s B2

β-particles: (60 – 20 =) 40 counts / s
γ-rays: zero
All 3 correct = 2 marks; 1 or 2 correct = 1 mark.
Total: 7

372/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/41
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2017 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®,
Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and some Cambridge O Level
components.
373/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
1(a) decrease of velocity / speed B1

OR slows / slowing down
1(b)(i) Area under graph OR ½ (u +v)t C1

OR ½ × (11 + 5) × 3 OR ½(6 × 3) OR (3 × 5)
24 m A1
1(b)(ii) (a =) ∆v / ∆t OR (v – u) / t OR (5 – 11) / (6 – 3) C1
2.0 m / s2 A1
1(c)(i) (deceleration) decreases B1
1(c)(ii) (Resultant force) decreases B1
Total: 7

374/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(a)(i) Ft OR 180 × 0.050 C1
9.0 Ns OR 9.0 kg m / s A1
2(a)(ii) Ft = m(v – u) OR Ft = mv – mu OR Ft = mv C1
OR (m =) Ft / v OR 9.0 / 20
0.45 kg A1
2(a)(iii) mgh = ½ mv2 OR (h =) v2/ 2 g C1
(h =) 202 / (2 × 10) C1
20 m A1
OR (C1)
t = v/g = 2
h = average speed × time (C1)
20 m (A1)
2(b) Elastic (energy) OR strain (energy) B1
Total: 8

375/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a)(i) (Weight is) force/pull of gravity (acting on an object) B1
3(a)(ii) Mass × acceleration due to gravity OR mg OR 350 × 7.5 C1
2600 N A1
3(b) (ρ =) m / V in any form C1
0.27 (kg / m3) OR 270 (g / m3) A1
Balloon moves/floats up B1
(Floats when) density of balloon less than density of atmosphere B1

OR (sinks when) density of balloon greater than atmosphere
OR (ρ =) m / V in any form (C1)
110 g (A1)
Balloon rises (B1)
(Floats when) mass/weight of balloon less than mass/weight of atmosphere (of same volume as balloon) (B1)
(Sinks when) mass/weight of balloon greater than mass/weight of atmosphere (of same volume as balloon)
Total: 7

376/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
4(a)(i) 60 W B1
4(a)(ii) Radiation and either conduction or convection B1
4(b)(i) Radiation mentioned B1
Higher reading or rises faster on thermometer A B1
Black (surface) is a good/better emitter (than polished surface) B1

OR polished (surface) is a poor/bad/worse emitter (than black
surface)
4(b)(ii) (Compared with black bulb thermometer) readings rise more slowly OR readings are low(er) B1
Shiny (bulb) surfaces are good/better reflectors (of radiation) B1

OR Shiny (bulb) surfaces are poor/bad/worse absorbers (of radiation)
4(c) Firefighter does not get too hot/burned (from radiation) B1
Total: 8

377/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a) Pressure increases B1
Molecules (of gas) move faster/their kinetic energy increases/their momentum increases B1
(Molecules) collide with walls/piston more often/more frequently B1

OR greater (rate of) change of momentum
(Molecules) exert greater/more force (on wall)/hit (walls) harder B1
5(b) Pressure (of gas) falls and volume (of gas) increases B1
Initially there is a larger pressure inside than outside/atmospheric pressure B1

OR (Piston stops when) pressure (of gas) = external/outside/atmospheric pressure
Total: 6
6(a)(i) (Ray passes into the air and) refracts / changes direction / bends B1
6(a)(ii) Total internal reflection (takes place) B1
6(b)(i) Total internal reflection at B with angle of incidence equal to angle of reflection (by eye) B1
Refraction into air at right-hand face with angle of refraction greater than angle of incidence B1
6(b)(ii) (n =) 1/sin c OR 1/sin 41 M1
1.5 A1
Total: 6

378/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a) Number of wavefronts (generated/produced/passing a B1

point) in 1 sec/per sec/in unit time
7(b)(i) (Part of wave where) pressure/density is higher B1

OR molecules are closer together
7(b)(ii) At least 3 wavefronts shown as part semi-circles B1
Same separation between wavefronts drawn by candidate B1

as for incident wavefronts
7(b)(iii) Less spreading out OR less diffraction B1
7(c)(i) (λ =) v / f OR 340 / 6800 C1
0.050 m A1
7(c)(ii) In range 900 – 2000 m / s B1
Total: 8

379/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a) Steel/aluminium/nickel/cobalt/alnico/neodymium/ferrite/alcomax B1
8(b)(i) Mention of magnetic field or magnetic flux OR field created by bar magnet B1
(Magnetic) field (lines) of magnet cut by coil B1

OR (magnetic) field (lines) linked with/through/in the coil changes
OR(magnetic) flux (through coil) changes
e.m.f. induced B1
8(b)(ii) Direction of movement of magnet through the coil B1

OR which pole of magnet enters the coil
Direction of induced e.m.f. opposes change producing it B1

OR (coil) end near magnet/left-hand end becomes a N-pole
OR (coil) repels magnet (when moved in)
8(c) Hammer the magnet M1
repeatedly/until demagnetised/in E/W direction A1
OR (M1)
Heat the magnet
high temperature/red hot/in E-W direction (A1)
OR (M1)
Place magnet in coil carrying A.C.
Remove magnet from coil OR decrease the current (slowly) to zero (A1)
Total: 8

380/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a)(i) LDR OR light-dependent resistor B1
9(a)(ii) B1
9(b)(i) I = V/R C1
(total resistance =) 1.2 + 2.4 OR 3.6 seen C1
I = 6.0 / (1.2 + 2.4) OR 1.67 or 1.7 (mA) C1
(V =) 4.0 V A1
OR (C1)
(V1 )= [R1 / (R1 + R2)] V
(total resistance =) 1.2 + 2.4 OR 3.6 seen (C1)
(V1 ) = (2.4 / 3.6) 6.0 (C1)
= 4.0 V (A1)
9(b)(ii) Replace the 1.2 kΩ resistor with one of higher value B1

OR Increase the temperature (of the thermistor or the room)
Total: 7

381/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a) Electrons/negative charges removed from/flow from/lost (from the object) B1
10(b)(i) At least 3 plus signs in top half of sphere B1
Same number of minus signs in bottom half of sphere B1
OR (B1)
Excess of plus signs over minus signs in top half of sphere
Equal excess of minus signs over plus signs in bottom half of sphere (B1)
10(b)(ii) (with rod present) connect earth (to sphere) M1

OR touch (sphere) with conductor/finger
Remove earth wire and then remove charged rod A1

OR remove conductor/finger and then rod.
Total: 5

382/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
11(a) Background count rate stated as in range 17 – 21 counts / s B1
Background used on at least 2 of first 3 readings C1
Any halving of corrected or uncorrected reading C1
(half-life =) ½ hour A1
11(b) 3 B1
1 H on LHS of an equation
0 B1
-1 β on RHS of equation
3 0 3 B1
Equation all correct: 1 H = -1 β + 2 X
11(c) Top: any path to the left within 45° horizontal B1
Middle: path to the right and deflected down (ending in a straight line) B1
Bottom: path not deflected B1

OR path to the right and deflected up much less than middle path
Total: 10

383/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/42
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
components.
384/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
1(a)(i) (a scalar) does not have direction B1
1(a)(ii) energy and temperature B1
1(b) straight line and non-zero gradient B1
1(c) scale ⩾ 1 cm: 1 m / s B1
two arrows/lines and correct resultant OR rectangle and correct diagonal (towards bottom left) B1
7.2Æ7.6 m / s B1
26.0° ⩽ angle below E–W ⩽ 30.5° B1

OR 239.5° ⩽ bearing ⩽ 244°
Total: 7
2(a) Column 1 Box 3 mass same B1
Column 2 Box 4 weight 1/6 B1
Column 3 Box 3 deceleration same B1
2(b) P=F / A in any form or (F=) PA C1
(F1 = 500 000 × 0.00065 = ) 330 (N) C1
F1d1 = F2d2 in any form or F1d1/d2 C1
(F2 = 325 × 7/24 = ) 95 N A1
Total: 7

385/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a) ‘force and time’ B1
3(b)(i)1. (momentum =) mv C1
(momentum = 2.4 × 3 =) 7.2 kg m / s OR Ns A1
3(b)(i)2. (mA + mB)v = mA x 3 OR momentum conserved C1
(v = 7.2 / 3.6 = ) 2.0 m / s A1
3(b)(i)3. (impulse / Ft =) m(v – u) C1
(impulse / Ft = 1.2 × (2–0) =) 2.4 kg m / s OR N s A1
3(b)(ii) thermal/sound energy B1

(produced at collision/lost)
Total: 8
4(a) impulse/change of momentum (of molecules) during collision B1
{force (to change momentum) of molecules OR molecules hitting walls} (causes pressure) B1
4(b) more (frequent) collisions with walls B1
greater (total ) force (caused by molecules) OR B1

reduced area OR grater (rate) change of momentum (of molecules)
4(c) p1V1 = p2V2 in any form OR ( p2 =) p1V1 / V2 C1
( p2 = 500 × 1.1 × 105 / 200 =) 2.8 × 105 Pa A1
Total: 6

386/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a)(i) E = mc(∆)T in any form or (E=) mc(∆)T C1
(E= 0.6 × 4200 × 80 =) 200 000 (J) C1
E = VIt in any form or (t= )E / VI C1
(t= 201 600 / (12 × 240) =) 70 s A1
5(a)(ii) no (thermal) energy losses B1
5(b) put (hot) water in bottle AND place thermometers/measure temperatures each side of (centre of) bottle M1
put thermometers near bottle A1
good detail e.g. A1

• thermometers equal distances from bottle
• thermometer bulbs same height
• record temperatures regularly
thermometer near black has higher reading/rises faster/larger temperature difference A1

or reverse argument
Total: 9

387/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
6(a)(i) 3.4 cm B1
6(a)(ii) 30 cm B1
6(b) v= f λ in any form or (f = )v / λ C1
(f = 8.0/2.5=) 3.2 Hz A1
6(c)(i) 3 crests straight AND some spreading out B1
2 wavelengths same as original B1
6(c)(ii)1. (wavelength) increases/ longer AND (because wave) travels further in same/periodic time or because wave has higher speed B1
/moves faster
6(c)(i)2. More diffraction/spreading/deflection out/more curved OR no/smaller straight part in centre B1
Total: 8

388/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a)(i) (n = ) speed in air / speed in liquid C1
(n = 3 × 108 / 2.0 × 108 ) = 1.5 A1
7(a)(ii) n = sin i / sin r in any form C1
(r = sin–1 (sin 40 / 1.5) = ) 25° A1
7(b) one ray from object either with refraction at surface OR vertical M1
another ray from object, must have refraction at surface away from normal A1
both rays extended back to meet in the liquid B1

AND intersection labelled image/ I
Total: 7

389/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a)(i) P=VI in any form OR (I = ) P / V C1
(I = 9.0 / 6.0 = ) 1.5 A A1
8(a)(ii) V=IR in any form OR (R = ) V/I OR P=V2/R in any form OR (R = ) V2 / P C1
(R = 6.0 / 1.5 = ) 4.0 Ω or (R = 36 / 9.0 =) 4.0 Ω A1
8(b)(i) resistance of wire is greater (than at X) OR current is less OR p.d. across lamp is less B1
8(b)(ii) (for normal brightness of lamp, ) C1

resistance of circuit (= 12 / 1.5) = 8.0 Ω
resistance of wire = (8.0 – 4.0 = ) = 4.0 Ω C1
(distance AX = 1.0 × 4/5 =) 0.80 m A1

OR (sliding contact is) 0.80 m (from A)
OR V across AX = 6.0 V (C1)
resistance of wire = (6/current from a(i) = ) 4.0 Ω (C1)
(distance AX = 1.0 × 4/5 =) 0.80 m (A1)

OR (sliding contact is) 0.80 m (from A)
Total: 8

390/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a)(i) arrow left to right and horizontal, labelled (M) B1
9(a)(ii) if M L to R arrow downwards, labelled (F) B1

if M R to L arrow upwards, labelled (F)
9(b) force reversed/opposite of 9(a)(i) B1
9(c)(i) one ring (roughly circular) centred on wire M1
(at least) three rings (roughly circular) A1
field lines clockwise (as drawn) B1
9(c)(ii) (magnetic field is) stronger or field lines closer together B1
9(d) (vertically) downwards B1
Total: 8

391/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
062
25/42 Cambridg
ge IGCSE – Marrk Scheme May/June 2017
2
PUBLISHED
Que
estion Answer Ma
arks
10(a) B1
2Æ4 arrows outwards at any angle
10(b) NOR B1
10
0(c)(i) logic ciircuit with 2 inpu
uts & 1 output. M1
Circuit contains at leas st 2 acceptable g
gates.
No other gates used
logic ciircuit that produc

ces correct outp
put A1
10
0(c)(ii) work frrom input to outp
put, any interme
ediate point labellled X following acceptable
a gate
e(s) only with trutth table correct for
f circuit B1
drawn
Total: 5

392/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
11(a) (some) β/beta/radiation would penetrate gloves/reach other body parts B1

(so insufficient protection)
middle: any path to the left within 45° B1

of horizontal
bottom: path to the right and deflected down B1

ending in a straight line
11(b) radiation from background/rock/air/outer space/cosmic rays B1
random variation owtte. B1
11(c) thick gloves would stop α/alpha (so helpful) B1
(some) β/beta/radiation would penetrate gloves/reach other body parts B1

(so insufficient protection)
Total: 7

393/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/43
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
components.
394/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED
1(a) force and impulse underlined B1
1(b)(i) (v =) at OR 2.2 × 3.0 C1
6.6 m / s A1
1(b)(ii) 3.3 m / s B1
1(c) curve/line starts at origin B1
initial gradient zero OR curve passing through (3.0, 9.9) B1
gradient increasing (with time) B1
Total: 7

395/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
2(a) (momentum =)mass × velocity B1
2(b)(i) (p = )3.2 × 4.0 C1
13 kg m / s A1
2(b)(ii) momentum conserved C1
12.8 – (3.2 × 1.5) OR 12.8 – 4.8 OR 8.0 C1

OR 8.0 ÷ 1.6
5.0 m / s A1
2(c) ∆p C1
(F = ) or 8.0 ÷ 0.050
∆t
160 N A1
2(d) internal energy (of blocks) increase OR thermal energy/sound energy (lost/produced at collision) B1
Total: 9

396/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
3(a) m C1
(ρ = ) OR 180 ÷ 210 OR 0.18 ÷ 210
V
0.86 g / cm3 A1
3(b) floats OR words to the same effect B1
density of wood is less than density of liquid B1
Total: 4
4 F1d1 C1
F1d 1 = F2d 2 OR (F2 = )
d2
OR 200 × 22 ÷ 8.0
550 (N) or 200 × 22 ÷ 8.0 C1
F C1
(p = ) OR 550 ÷ 0.00050
A
OR 200 × 22 ÷ (8.0 × 0.00050)
1.1 × 106 Pa A1
Total: 4

397/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
5(a) white kit cooler OR black kit warmer M1
white poor absorber/good reflector of (IR)radiation/heat/thermal energy OR v.v. for black A1
5(b)(i) any two pairs from: B2

more/less wind; dries quicker/slower temperature increases/decreases/sunnier/cloudier; dries quicker/slower
stops/starts raining; dries quicker/slower
less/more humid; dries quicker/slower
5(b)(ii) molecules with most (kinetic) energy (escape) OR water cools B1
escape liquid/break intermolecular bonds / molecules enter air / evaporate / become vapour B1
Total: 6
6(a) molecules/they move/collide B1
molecules/they move/collide with walls B1
change of momentum OR force on area B1
6(b)(i) pV = constant OR p1V1 = p2V2 B1
6(b)(ii)1 100 (kPa) OR 1.0 × 105 (Pa) M1
Pa OR kPa A1
6(b)(ii)2 (p = )50 (kPa) C1
3700 m < p < 3900 m A1
Total: 8

398/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
7(a)(i) (v = )fλ or 6000 × 0.25 C1
1500 m / s A1
7(a)(ii) 300 m / s ⩽ c ⩽ 360 m / s B1
7(a)(iii) less and travels less far in same/periodic time B1
7(b) vibration/oscillation B1
vibration/oscillation parallel to direction of travel OR compressions and rarefactions B1
7(c)(i) inversely related OR the wider the gap, the less the diffraction OR v.v. B1
7(c)(ii) directly related OR greater wavelength, greater diffraction OR v.v. B1
Total: 8

399/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
8(a) OP/it is along the normal/at 90° (to the curved surface) B1
8(b)(i) sin i / sin r = n C1
sin r / sin 30(°) = 1.5 OR sin r = 1.5 × sin 30(°) C1
49° A1
8(b)(ii) ray bends away from the normal c.a.o. B1
8(c) angle (from normal) of refraction increases B1
refracted ray travels along boundary OR reflected ray becomes brighter OR refracted ray becomes dimmer B1
light reflects back into glass (with i = r) B1
Total: 8

400/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
9(a) P V C1
(I =) OR 24 ÷ 6.0 OR 4.0 (A) OR (R = )
V I
6.0 ÷ 4.0 C1
1.5 Ω A1
9(b)(i) 6.0 V B1
9(b)(ii) 1.5 Ω B1
9(b)(iii) 1 1 1 1 1 2 C1
= + OR 1 ÷ 1.5 = + OR 1 ÷ 1.5 =
R R1 R2 R1 R2 R
3.0 (Ω) A1
9(c) resistance of circuit/parallel pair increases B1
current (in lamp) decreases OR less p.d. across lamp B1
Total: 9

401/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
10(a)(i) magnetic field mentioned B1
changing (magnetic) field in core/Q B1
induction in Q B1
10(a)(ii) (iron is) magnetic and temporary magnetic B1
10(b)(i) (VS = )VP × NS ÷ NP OR 4.0 × 340 ÷ 200 C1
6.8 V A1
10(b)(ii) (IP = )IS VS / VP OR 3.5 × 6.8 ÷ 4.0 C1
6.0 A A1
10(c) less energy wasted (in cables) B1
cheaper and one from: B1

thinner cables
fewer pylons
fewer power stations/less fuel required
Total: 10

402/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED
11(a)(i) produces a narrow beam of γ-rays OR absorb γ-rays that are not on path shown B1
11(a)(ii) no change B1
γ-rays not deflected B1
γ-rays are electromagnetic radiation/uncharged OR not deflected by magnetic field B1
11(b) (ionising effect of) α-particles greater than β-particles and β-particles greater than γ-rays B1
any two from: B2

mass α > mass β > mass γ
charge α > charge β > charge γ
speed γ > speed β > speed α
Total: 7

403/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/41
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
®
components.
404/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

0625/41 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017
1(a)(i) Distance = area under graph OR 0.5 × 20 × 13 C1
130 m A1
1(a)(ii) (a =) (v – u) / t OR (a =) v / t OR 13 / 20 C1
0.65 m / s2 A1
1(a)(iii) (F =) ma OR 1200 × 0.65 C1
= 780 N A1
1(b) Acceleration decreases OR rate of increase of speed decreases OR speed increases at a lower rate B1
2(a) Extension of a spring is (directly) proportional to load / force / weight OR F = ke where e is extension B1
2(b)(i) Straight line drawn from origin to (64 mm, 120 N) B1
2(b)(ii) F = ke in any form OR 120 / 64 OR 120 / 6.4 OR 120 / 0.064 C1
c.a.o. 1.9 N / mm OR 19 N / cm OR 1900 N / m A1
2(c) Above 120 N / at 140 N, the spring does not obey Hooke’s law B1
OR the extension is not proportional to the load / weight / force
The elastic limit / limit of proportionality of the spring has been exceeded B1

405/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
3(a) (Measure of) quantity / amount of matter OR (property) that resists change in motion / speed / momentum B1
OR measure of a body’s inertia
3(b)(i) d = m / V OR in words OR 0.44 / 0.0803 OR 0.44 / 5.12 × 10–4 OR 440 / 83 OR 440 / 512 OR 0.44 / 83 OR 0.44 / 512 C1
0.86 g / cm3 OR 860 kg / m3 OR 8.6 × 10–4 kg / cm3 A1
3(b)(ii) Sinks OR does not float AND (cube) denser (than oil) B1
3(c)(i) W = mg OR (g =) W / m OR 0.70 / 0.44 C1
1.6 N / kg A1
3(c)(ii) (P =) hdg OR 0.030 × 850 × 1.6 C1
41 Pa A1
4(a) Atoms collide with wall (and rebound) OR atoms rebound from wall B1
(Atoms) undergo change of momentum C1
Force on wall = (total) rate of change of momentum (of atoms) A1

OR = change of momentum (of atoms) per second
OR = change of momentum (of atoms) / time
4(b)(i) Fewer atoms per unit volume OR density of gas less B1
Rate of collision (with walls of balloon) decreases OR Fewer collisions per unit area B1
4(b)(ii) PV = constant OR P1V2 = P2V 2 OR (P2 =) P1V1 / V2 OR 1.0 × 105 × 9.6 / 12 C1
8.0 × 104 Pa A1

406/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
5(a) Tick 2nd box only B1
5(b)(i) At least 3 parallel wavefronts in shallow water sloping upwards from left to right B1
Wavefronts in shallow water meet wavefronts in deep water B1
5(b)(ii) Indication that frequency is same in deep and shallow water C1
In deep water v = fλ in any form OR (f =) v / λ OR 80 / 1.4 C1
= 57.1 (Hz) C1
Wavelength in shallow water = v / f OR 60 / 57.1 = 1.05 cm A1
OR
speed in deep water / speed in shallow water = 0.80 / 0.60 (C1)
= 1.33 (C1)
(f is constant so) λ in deep water / λ in shallow water = 1.33 (C1)
λ in shallow water = 1.4 / 1.33 = 1.05 cm (A1)

407/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
6(a) 1500 m / s liquid B2

5000 m / s solid
300 m / s gas
6(b)(i) X and Y marked at centres of any two rarefactions B1
6(b)(ii) Area of low pressure or low density (of atoms) or where atoms / molecules far apart B1
6(c) v = = d / t or 2 d / t in any form C1
d = v t / 2 OR 3.0 × 108 × 2.56 / 2 C1
3.84 × 108 m OR 3.84 × 105 km A1
7(a) One ray with correct path through lens B1
Another ray with correct path through lens B1

Rays intersect to right of F and below axis, inverted image
drawn and labelled I B1
7(b) enlarged, upright and virtual only underlined or ringed B2
Two of above descriptions underlined B1
7(c) On entering prism: green ray deflection more than red ray and above normal B1
On leaving prism: diverging downwards from red ray and not along surface of prism B1

408/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
8 Hydroelectric
8(a) Hydroelectric named OR water from behind dam B1
K.E. of (falling) water used / P.E. of stored water B1
Turbine / waterwheel / paddle wheel operated B1
(Turbine) turns / drives a generator (that produces electricity) B1
8(b) Rain (fills lakes in high places) B1
Cause of rain is the Sun, so renewable B1
8(c) Sun evaporates water from sea etc. to fall (later) as rain B1
Sun is the source of energy. B1
8 Tidal flow
8(a) Tides / tidal flow named B1
K.E. of water used B1
8(b) Moon (and Sun) causes tides B1
Moon (and Sun) permanently in place, so renewable B1
8(c) Attraction due to Moon’s (and Sun’s) gravity causes tides B1
Sun is a source of (part of) the energy OR Sun is not the primary source of energy B1

409/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
8 Waves
8(a) Waves on surface of sea B1
K.E. of water used to oscillate a floating mechanism B1
8(b) Wind causes waves B1
Sun causes wind, so renewable B1
8(c) Winds are air currents caused by thermal energy / heat from the Sun B1
Sun is the source of energy B1

410/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
9(a)(i) (3 × 1.5 =) 4.5 V B1
9(a)(ii) 1 / R = 1 / R1 + 1 / R2 OR R = 1 / (1 / R1 + 1 / R2) OR (R =) R1R2 / (R1 + R2) C1
Correct substitution of 3 and 6 C1
(R =) 2.0 Ω A1
9(a)(iii) V = IR in any form OR (I =) V / R OR 4.5 / 3 C1
1.5 A A1
OR
I total = 4.5 / 2 = 2.25 A (C1)
For 3 Ω, I = 2.25 × 6 / 9 = 1.5 A (A1)
9(b)(i) Connect ammeter (in wire) from A to B OR from H to G B1
9(b)(ii) Connect voltmeter (terminals) to A and H OR B and G OR C and D OR E and F B1

411/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
10(a)(i) B1
10(a)(ii) To allow flow (of current) in one direction B1
10(b)(i) Wire from B to + or – terminal of battery and wire from A to other terminal of battery B1
Diode to allow current in at + terminal or out at – terminal B1
10(b)(ii) Alternating current in coil Y sets up alternating magnetic field OR causes change in magnetic flux B1
Alternating field / change in flux cuts coil X OR Alternating field links with coil X B1
(Alternating) voltage / current is induced in coil X B1

OR (Alternating) voltage / current is produced in coil X by electromagnetic induction

412/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
11(a)(i) An electron M1
In / from / by the nucleus A1
11(a)(ii) Proton numbers balance on left and right sides of equation B1
Nucleons numbers balance on left and right sides of equation B1
0 B1
β
−1
11(b) Time for activity / count rate / number of nuclei / number of atoms to halve B1
11(c)(i) α-particles would be stopped / absorbed by the plastic / bottle B1
11(c)(ii) γ-rays would not be absorbed by the liquid / bottle OR reading not reduced (in passing through liquid / bottle) B1
OR very penetrative so no change in detector reading

413/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/42
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
®
components.
414/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED 2017
1(a) ρ = m / V in any form OR (m =) ρ V C1

–5
OR (m =) 9000 × 7.5 × 10
(m =) 0.68 kg accept 680 g A1
1(b)(i) W = m g in any form or (W = ) m g C1

OR (W =) 0. 68 × 10
(W =) 6.8 N A1
1(b)(ii) any one of: B1

weight has direction / mass does not
weight is a vector / mass is not
weight varies / mass does not
mass is amount of matter
weight is a force / mass is not
1(c)(i) ρ = h ρ g in any form OR (ρ = ) ρ / h g C1

OR (ρ =) 560 / (0.027 × 10)
(ρ =) 2.1 × 103 kg / m3 A1
1(c)(ii) explains why there is a resultant downward force B1

415/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
2(a) accelerate / increase speed OR decelerate / decrease speed OR stop B1
change direction / move in a curve o.w.t.t.e. B1
2(b) change of shape OR size B1
2(c)(i) F = m a in any form OR (a =) F / m C1

OR (a =) 3500 / 1400
(a =) 2.5 m / s2 A1
2(c)(ii) a = (v – u) / t in any form OR (t =) (v – u) / a C1

OR (t =) (30 – 0) / 2.5 OR 30 / 2.5
(t =) 12 s A1
2(c)(iii) friction / air resistance / drag B1

416/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
3(a) suitable fuel for a power station B1
any three from five: B3

• thermal energy / heat (from fuel)
• water / steam / gas heated OR steam produced
• (steam / gas) turns / moves / drives turbine
• (turbine) turns / moves / drives generator
• 2 correct energy transfers
3(b) sun is energy source for plants / living matter (to grow) o.w.t.t.e. B1
plant / animal (remains compressed) into fuel OR carbon / chemical energy stored / trapped in plant / animal (remains) B1
3(c) not renewable (as fuel is consumed) M1
could only be replaced over very long time period (e.g. clearly > 50 years) A1

417/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
4(a)(i) any one of these six: B1

• evaporation: at surface OR no bubbles form) pair 1
• boiling: throughout liquid OR bubbles form )
• evaporation: at any temperature OR no heat needed) pair 2

• boiling: at specific temperature OR heat needed )
• evaporation: affected by draught / surface area) pair 3

• boiling: not affected by draught / surface area )
any one pair of points B1
4(a)(ii) (it / rate) increases AND {more molecules have enough energy to escape OR break bonds} B1
4(b)(i) remains constant B1
4(b)(ii) E = m l in any form OR (E =) m l C1
P = energy / t in any form OR (P =) energy / t C1
(P = 0.095 × 2.3 × 106 / (12 × 60) =) 300 W A1
5(a) any three of these five: B3

• any sensible mention of the sun (as source of energy)
• (thermal / heat / IR / electromagnetic) radiation
• white (or clearly implied) surfaces absorb less or don’t absorb
• white (or clearly implied) surfaces reflect more
• to keep house cooler OR to reduce thermal energy / heat transferred to house
5(b) decreases B1

418/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
6(a)(i) diffraction B1
6(a)(ii) 4 arcs between dashed lines centred vertically at centre of gap B1
any 3 wavelengths same as incident wavelengths including wavelength from wavefront in gap B1
6(b)(i) wavefronts have smaller angular width B1

OR do not extend as far as dashed lines OR less (angular) spread
6(b)(ii) increased wavelength OR more spreading B1
use of v=f λ OR increased wavelength B1
7(a) real (answers in any order for 7(a)) B1
enlarged OR magnified B1
Inverted OR upside down B1
7(b)(i) 1st straight incident ray from close to point object to mirror correctly reflected, i = r M1
2nd straight incident ray from point object to mirror correctly reflected, i = r A1
7(b)(ii) BOTH reflected rays extended back to intersect behind mirror M1
BOTH reflected rays extended back in straight lines AND I in correct position AND {labelled OR clearly indicated} A1

419/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
8(a) RS = RA + RB in any form OR (RS =) RA + RB OR (RS =) 4 + 8 C1
(RS =)12 (Ω) C1
(RP = )1 / (1 / RS + 1 / RC) in any form C1

OR (RP =) RS RC / (RS + RC)
OR (RP =) 1 / (1 / 12 + 1 / 6) OR (RP =) (6 × 12) / 18
(RP =) 4.0 Ω A1
8(b) V8 = supply V × (8 / 12 ) OR = 24 × (8 / 12) C1
(V8 =) 16 V A1
OR alternative route
I8 = supply V / 12 OR = 24 / 12 OR = 2 (A) (C1)
(V8 = 2 × 8 =) 16 V (A1)

420/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
9(a)(i) A (fixed)resistor
B thermistor
C L.E.D. OR light emitting diode
2 correct B1
3 correct B1
9(a)(ii) any four from six: B1

• if cold / hot resistance of thermistor high / low
• if cold / hot voltage (across) thermistor high / low
• if cold / hot voltage of input to LED high / low
• if cold / hot there is current / no current in LED
• if cold LED lights / brighter
• if hot LED does not light / dimmer
9(b) Row A B C (output of AND) X

1 0 0 0 0 0
2 0 1 0 0 0
3 1 0 0 0 0
4 1 1 0 1 1
5 0 0 1 0 1
6 0 1 1 0 1
7 1 0 1 0 1
8 1 1 1 1 1
row 1 of X correct – answer 0 B1
rows 2 AND 3 of X correct – both answers 0 B1
rows 4–8 of X correct – all answers 1 B1

421/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
10(a)(i) clockwise arrows on at least 3 circles B1
10(a)(ii) (magnetic) field becomes weaker / decreases (as distance from wire increases) B1
10(b)(i) any four from these six: B4

• charge flows OR current in solenoid / wire / circuit
• solenoid becomes magnet / magnetised
• bolt becomes magnet / magnetised
• (such that) unlike poles (of solenoid and bolt are) facing o.w.t.t.e.
• bolt is attracted
• bolt moves / (door) locks / spring stretched
10(b)(ii) solenoid OR bolt no longer magnetised OR bolt no longer attracted B1
(spring contracts and pulls) bolt back / bolt returns (to original position) / (door) unlocked B1

422/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
11(a) nucleon numbers balance each side of equation B1
proton numbers balance each side of equation B1
0 B1
β
−1
11(b)(i) background radiation OR radiation from the environment B1
rocks / ground / buildings / food / space / weapons testing / nuclear accidents or waste / sun / air / radon / argon B1
11(b)(ii) random (variation) B1
11(b)(iii) clear evidence of subtracting 23 from (original) count C1
clear evidence of dividing original / corrected count by 4 A1
clear evidence of adding 23 correctly to result after division A1

423/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/43
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
®
components.
424/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

PUBLISHED 2017
1(a)(i) (x = )½ vft or ½ × 12 × 30 or (x = )½ at 2 or ½ × 0.40 × 302 C1
180 m A1
1(a)(ii) (a = )∆v / t or 12 / 30 C1
0.40 (m / s2) or 12 / 30 C1
(F = )ma or 2.0 × 104 × 0.40 or 2.0 × 104 × 0.40 × 12 / 30 C1
8000 N A1
1(b) drag / friction / air resistance mentioned C1
drag / friction / air resistance increases (as speed increases) A1
2(a) (m = )ρV or 950 × 8.2 × 10–5 or 0.95 × 82 C1
7.8 / 7.79 × 10N (where N is a integer) C1
0.078 / 0.0779 kg or 78 / 77.9 g A1
2(b)(i) (p = )hρ g or 0.094 × 950 × 10 C1
890 / 893 Pa A1
2(b)(ii) atmospheric pressure (is acting) B1
2(c)(i) steel is denser (than liquid) or denser than 950 kg / m3 B1
2(c)(ii) take new reading and subtract 82 (cm3) / original reading B1

425/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
3(a)(i) nuclear fusion B1
3(a)(ii) nuclei combine / join together B1
small nuclei to larger nuclei or hydrogen to helium (in some way) or loss of mass B1
3(b) any suitable resource e.g. fossil fuels; hydroelectric; wave; wind M1
renewable or not (according answer) and matching explanation A1
3(c) two advantages from: no polluting gases / quiet / low maintenance / can be placed on roofs / clean / cheap to run B2
two disadvantages from: intermittent supply / unattractive / takes up space / uses land / d.c. output B2
4(a) molecules of solid arranged in lattice / in organised pattern / without gaps / orderly / fixed structure B1
4(b)(i) glass heated first or at first liquid not heated / does not expand / takes time (to heat up) or glass poor conductor B1
glass expands B1
capacity / volume of flask increases B1
4(b)(ii) liquid (starts to) warms up B1
liquid expands more than the solid / glass B1

426/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
5(a) (quantity of internal) energy that raises temperature M1
per degree Celsius / per unit temperature change A1
5(b)(i) 560 / 562 / 561.6 J B1
5(b)(ii) kinetic energy / potential energy / total energy (of atoms / molecules / particles) B1
kinetic added to potential energy (of atoms / molecules / particles) B1
5(c) line from 100 °C and falling B1
falls at decreasing rate B1
levels off at labelled / approximate 22 °C B1
6(a)(i) box next to 3.0 × 108 (second box down) ticked B1
6(a)(ii) (λ = )c / f or 3.0 × 108 / 4.8 × 1014 C1
6.2 / 6.25 / 6.3 × 10–7 m A1
6(b)(i) 1. sines have no unit or sines are ratio of two lengths or ratio of two speeds (whose units cancel) or units cancel B1
2. (v =) c / n or 3.0 × 108 / 1.5 C1
2.0 × 108 m / s A1
6(b)(ii) information / message / music/sound / signal / data (encoded as pulses of light) sent B1
light (travels along fibre) or infra-red (radiation) B1
light detected (at far end) or message decoded or total internal reflection mentioned B1

427/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
7(a)(i) any two rays that start at the top of the image from: M2
• seems to come from F1 to lens and emerges paraxially
• passes through centre of lens undeviated
• paraxial to the lens and passes through F2
two correct rays traced back and image indicated A1
7(a)(ii) any two of enlarged; inverted; real underlined B1
enlarged and inverted and real underlined B1
7(b) refracted ray in prism below yellow ray and above normal B1
emergent ray diverging away from the yellow ray and above side of prism B1
8(a) touch the sphere with the earth wire B1
negatively charged and electrons flow to sphere B1
remove earth wire or electrons / negative charges attracted (by rod) B1
8(b) four or more straight, radial lines and uniformly spaced B1
at least one arrow outwards and no wrong arrows B1
8(c) (I =) Q / t or 7.0 / (5.0 × 60) or 7.0 / 5.0 or 1.4 (A) C1
0.023(3333) A A1

428/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
9(a)(i) cosine or sine curve and maximum value equal to |minimum value| B1
two complete cycles of 0.02 s between 0 and 0.040 s B1
9(a)(ii) point marked A where output voltage is zero B1
9(b)(i) magnetic field (due to a.c.) mentioned B1
changing / alternating (magnetic) field or field lines cut solenoid B1
e.m.f. / voltage induced (in coil) B1
9(b)(ii) diode B1
prevents / stops the backward current or allows only one direction of current B1

429/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PUBLISHED 2017
10(a) electromagnetic (waves / rays / radiation) M1
high frequency / energy or short wavelength A1
10(b)(i) no change or (stays at) 43 B1
10(b)(ii) no change or (stays at) 99 B1
10(c)(i) (radiation) always present / due to environment / in absence of radioactive sample / natural (radiation) B1
10(c)(ii) 112 – 16 or 96 or 112 / 28 or ¼ or 18 / 2 C1
28 – 16 or 12 or 1 / 8 or 18 / 3 or 9.0 (hours) C1
6.0 hours A1
10(d) any two of: B2

• (distance): tongs / manipulator / centre of cardboard box
• (absorption): lead gloves / suit / lead glass screen / googles / glasses
• (time): limit exposure time / keep in box until needed / film badge

430/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
MARK SCHEME for the March 2016 series
0625 PHYSICS
0625/42 Paper 4 (Extended Theory), maximum raw mark 80
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the March 2016 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®
and Cambridge International A and AS Level components.
® IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations.
431/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2016 0625 42
M marks are method marks upon which further marks depend. For an M mark to be scored,
the point to which it refers must be seen in a candidate's answer. If a candidate fails
to score a particular M mark, then none of the dependent marks can be scored.
B marks are independent marks, which do not depend on other marks. For a B mark to
answers.
A marks In general A marks are awarded for final answers to numerical questions.
If a final numerical answer, eligible for A marks, is correct, with the correct unit and
an acceptable number of significant figures, all the marks for that question are
normally awarded.
marks on their merits. However, correct numerical answers with no working shown
gain all the marks available.
C marks are compensatory marks in general applicable to numerical questions. These can be
scored even if the point to which they refer are not written down by the candidate,
provided subsequent working gives evidence that they must have known it.
For example, if an equation carries a C mark and the candidate does not write down
the actual equation but does correct substitution or working which shows he knew
the equation, then the C mark is scored
A C marks is not awarded if a candidate makes two points which contradict each
other. Points which are wrong but irrelevant are ignored.
brackets ( ) around words or units in the mark scheme are intended to indicate wording used to
clarify the mark scheme, but the marks do not depend on seeing the words or units
in brackets.
e.g. 10 (J) means that the mark is scored for 10, regardless of the unit given.
underlining indicates that this must be seen in the answer offered, or something very similar.
OR / or indicates alternative answers, any one of which is satisfactory for scoring the marks.
e.e.o.o. means "each error or omission".
o.w.t.t.e. means “or words to that effect”.
Ignore Indicates that something which is not correct or irrelevant is to be disregarded and
does not cause a right plus wrong penalty.
Spelling Be generous about spelling and use of English. If an answer can be understood to
mean what we want, give credit. However, beware of and do not allow ambiguities,
accidental or deliberate: e.g. spelling which suggests confusion between reflection /
refraction / diffraction / thermistor / transistor / transformer.
Not/NOT Indicates that an incorrect answer is not to be disregarded, but cancels another
otherwise correct alternative offered by the candidate i.e. right plus wrong penalty
applies.
© Cambridge International Examinations 2016

432/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
ecf means "error carried forward"

This is mainly applicable to numerical questions, but may occasionally be applied in
non-numerical questions if specified in the mark scheme.
This indicates that if a candidate has made an earlier mistake and has carried an
may be awarded, provided the subsequent working is correct.
Figures exceptions to this general rule will be specified in the mark scheme.
otherwise gain all the marks available for that answer: maximum 1 per
question. No deduction is incurred if the unit is missing from the final answer but is
shown correctly in the working.
Condone wrong use of upper and lower case in symbols, e.g. pA, PA or Pa for Pa.
Arithmetic errors Deduct one mark if the only error in arriving at a final answer is clearly an arithmetic
one. Regard a power-of-ten error as an arithmetic one.
Transcription Deduct one mark if the only error in arriving at a final answer is because given or
errors previously calculated data has clearly been misread but used correctly..
Fractions Only accept these where specified in the mark scheme.
Crossed out Work which has been crossed out and not replaced but can easily be read,
work should be marked as if it had not been crossed out.
Use of NR (# key on the keyboard) Use this if the answer space for a question is completely
blank or contains no readable words, figures or symbols.

433/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
1 (a) (i) 18 m / s B1
(ii) (0.90 s is) driver’s time to react B1
(b) (i) (a =) (v – u) / t OR ∆v / t OR either in words OR (18 – 0) / 3.1 OR 18 / 3.1 C1

5.8 m / s2 A1
OR
Values from any correct points on graph (C1)
Answer dependent on accuracy of chosen points (A1)
(ii) Evidence of use of: (distance =) area under graph e.g. 1 / 2bh C1
(18 × 0.9) + (0.5 × 3.1 × 18) C1
44 m A1
(c) (Without seat belt, driver:) e.g. keeps moving (forwards) / does not stop / has
inertia / has momentum B1
(Driver) hits steering wheel / windscreen / dashboard B1
[Total: 9]
2 (a) mv – mu OR m(v – u) OR mv OR 0.15 × 8.0 C1

1.2 N s or kg m / s A1
(b) 1.2 N s or kg m / s B1
(c) F = (mv – mu) / t OR F = mv / t OR impulse / t OR 1.2 / 0.0015 C1

800 N A1
OR
(F =) ma OR m[(v – u) / t] OR 0.15 × 8 / 0.0015 (C1)
800 N (A1)
[Total: 5]
3 (a) (i) Straight line through origin B1
(ii) Strain (energy) OR elastic (energy) B1
(b) Use of 1 / 2mv2 C1

0.5 × 2.5 × v2 = 0.48 C1
v2 = 0.48 / (0.5 × 2.5) OR v2 = 0.384 C1
v = 0.62 m / s A1
[Total: 6]

434/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
4 (a) Coal, hydroelectric and wind boxes ticked B2
(b) (i) Copper is a good conductor of thermal energy / heat B1

Black surface is a good / the best absorber of radiation / infra red B1
(ii) (Temp rise = ) 72 – 20 = 52 (°C) C1

(Q =) mc∆θ OR 0.019 × 4200 × 52 C1
4100 J A1
(iii) Efficiency = (power) output / (power) input (× 100)

(4100 / 5) × 100 (4100 × 100)
OR 70 = OR OR rearranged C1
power input power input
Power input = 1200 W A1
[Total: 9]
5 (a) (i) P × V values are 7500 or about 7500

OR If P / pressure doubles, V / volume halves OR vice versa B1
(so) PV = constant OR P α 1 / V OR either in words B1
(ii) temperature B1
(b) (i) P = hdg OR 5.0 × 10 × 1000 C1

50 000 Pa or 50 kPa A1
(ii) Volume of bubble increases

Mass of gas stays the same B2
Density of gas decreases
[Total: 7]
6 (a) (i) 1. Mark amplitude with X B1

2. Mark wavelength with Y B1
(ii) 1. Amplitude increases and wavelength stays the same B1

2. Amplitude stays the same and wavelength decreases B1
(b) v = (total) distance / time OR d / t OR 2d / t in any form C1

d = 1500 × 0.054 / 2 C1
40 m OR 41 m A1
[Total: 7]

435/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
7 (a) (i) Reflection in a more dense material where there is no refracted ray or wtte
OR All light in a more dense material is reflected or wtte B1
(ii) e.g. The greatest angle of incidence (in the material) at which refraction
occurs
OR The angle of incidence (in the material) at which the refracted B1
ray travels along the boundary / angle of refraction is 90°
OR The angle of incidence / (in the material) above which total internal
reflection occurs
(b) (i) (refractive index =) speed of light in air / speed of light in glass
OR 3.0 × 108 / 2.0 × 108 M1
= 1.5 A1
(ii) sin c = 1 / n OR 1 / 1.5 seen

(c = 42°) B1
(iii) No change of direction at first face B1

Total internal reflection at hypotenuse with i = r by eye B1
Refraction with r greater than i at lower face B1
[Total: 8]
8 (a) (i) P =IV OR 40 = 220 × I OR (I =) P / V OR 40 / 220 C1

0.18 A A1
(ii) [3 × 0.18(2)] = 0.54 A OR 0.55 A B1
(iii) 2 / 0.182 = 10.99 OR 2 / 0.18 = 11.1 C1

10 lamps OR 11 lamps A1
(b) (i) Resistance increases B1
(ii) Power (of lamp) decreases B1

P = IV and current in lamp decreases. OR P = V2 / R B1
[Total: 8]
9 (a) (i) . . . . .direction of the force on a positive charge B1
(ii) Straight parallel lines from upper to lower plate B1

At least 3 lines drawn. All lines drawn equally spaced,
approximately symmetrical with respect to plates B1
Arrows downwards B1
(b) (i) Upward force (on drop) due to electric field / charge on plates B1
= weight of drop B1
Upward force on drop = downward force on drop
OR no resultant / net force on drop
OR forces are balanced (B1)

436/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
(ii) Drop moves upwards B1

Weight / mass of drop decreases OR downward force decreases
OR Upward force (due to electric field) > weight of drop B1
[Total: 8]
10 (a) (i) Protons: 53 neutrons: 78 electrons: 53 B2
131
(ii) 54 Xe B1
B1
(b) Points plotted at 3 of: 0 s, 50 s, 100 s, 150 s B1
3 corrected counts/minute plotted at any from :

(0, 280)
(50, 140)
(100, 70)
(150, 35) M1
Graph drawn as curve through correct points A1
[Total: 7]
11 (a) AND (gate) B1
(b) 0 0 1 B2
100
010
110
(c)
A B C D E F
1 1 0 1 1 1
B3
[Total: 6]

437/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/41
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
438/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0625 41
M marks are method marks upon which further marks depend. For an M mark to be
scored, the point to which it refers must be seen in a candidate's answer. If a
candidate fails to score a particular M mark, then none of the dependent marks
can be scored.
B marks: are independent marks, which do not depend on other marks. For a B mark to
answers.
If a final numerical answer, eligible for A marks, is correct, with the correct unit
and an acceptable number of significant figures, all the marks for that question
are normally awarded.

marks on their merits. However, correct numerical answers with no working
shown gain all the marks available.
candidate, provided subsequent working gives evidence that they must
have known it. For example, if an equation carries a C mark and the candidate
does not write down the actual equation but does correct substitution or working
which shows he knew the equation, then the C mark is scored
A C marks is not awarded if a candidate makes two points which contradict each
brackets ( ) around words or units in the mark scheme are intended to indicate wording used
to clarify the mark scheme, but the marks do not depend on seeing the words or
units in brackets. e.g. 10 (J) means that the mark is scored for 10, regardless of
the unit given.
OR / or indicates alternative answers, any one of which is satisfactory for scoring the
marks.
Spelling Be generous about spelling and use of English. If an answer can be understood
to mean what we want, give credit. However, beware of and do not allow
ambiguities, accidental or deliberate: e.g. spelling which suggests confusion
between reflection / refraction / diffraction / thermistor / transistor / transformer.
otherwise correct alternative offered by the candidate i.e. right plus wrong penalty
applies.
Ignore Indicates that something which is not correct or irrelevant is to be disregarded


439/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
ecf meaning "error carried forward" is mainly applicable to numerical questions, but
may in particular circumstances be applied in non-numerical questions.
earlier mistake. This prevents a candidate being penalised more than once for a
particular mistake, but only applies to marks annotated ecf.
Significant Answers are normally acceptable to any number of significant figures ≥ 2. Any
Figures exceptions to this general rule will be specified in the mark scheme.
question. No deduction is incurred if the unit is missing from the final answer but
is shown correctly in the working.
arithmetic one.
Fractions (e.g. ½) Allow these only where specified in the mark scheme.
Use of NR (# key on the keyboard) Use this if the answer space for a question is completely

440/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
1(a) From time zero, line of constant positive gradient, not necessarily from origin B1
Horizontal line from end of sloping line B1
Line of steeper positive gradient from end of horizontal line B1
1(b) (distance =) area under graph stated C1
0.5 × 7.5 × 3.3 (= 12.375)

+ 12.5 × 3.3 (= 41.25) C2
+ 0.5 × 5 × 3.3 (= 8.25)
OR ½ (a + b)h (C1)
= 0.5 × (25 + 12.5) × 3.3 (C1)
OR (25 × 3.3) – (0.5 × 12.5 × 3.3) (C2)
62 m A1
Total: 7
2(a)(i) (momentum =) mv OR 70 × 20 C1
= 1400 kg m / s OR N s A1
2(a)(ii) same numerical answer as (a)(i) with either unit OR 1400 kg m / s B1
2(b) (a = ) change of velocity / time OR (v – u) /t OR 20 / 0.2 C1
A1
100 m / s2
2(c) (F =) ma OR 70 × 80 C1
5600 N A1
2(d) Force / impact on passenger or dummy less (than without seat belt / airbag) M1
Passenger less likely to be injured / hurt / damaged A1

441/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Total: 9
3(a)(i) (P =) hdg OR 1.5 × 850 × 10 C1

OR
mg / area of base OR 850 × 2.4 × 1.5 × 1.5 × 10 / (2.4 × 1.5) (C1)
13 000 Pa or N/m2 A1
3(a)(ii) P = F/A OR (F =) PA OR 12 750 × 1.5 × 2.4 OR 12 750 × 3.6 C1
46 000 N A1
OR
(Force = ) weight of oil = mg = 2.4 × 1.5 × 1.5 × 850 × 10 (C1)
46 000 N (A1)
3(b) (46000 / 10 = ) 4600 kg
OR m = Vd = (2.4 × 1.5 × 1.5) × 850 = 4600 kg B1
3(c)(i) (density of brass) greater than that of oil / 850 kg / m3
OR brass denser than oil B1
3(c)(ii) (It won’t sink as average) density of wood + key less than density of oil B1
Total: 7

442/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
4(a) Gas molecules (very) far apart OR empty space between gas molecules B1
Molecules of liquid (very) close together / compact OR are touching (each other) B1
4(b)(i) Faster / more energetic water molecules evaporate / escape / leave B1
Slower / less energetic molecules remain (so temperature is lower) B1
4(b)(ii) Water in wide container AND has water with larger surface (area) B1
Rate of evaporation higher / faster / quicker
OR higher chance of evaporation B1
Total: 6
5(a) One of 1, 2 or 3:
1 Molecules move faster OR have more k.e. / momentum
2 Molecules hit walls more often / more frequently B1
3 Molecules hit walls with greater force / impulse / harder
5(b) 1 mark for each of 1, 2 and 3 in (a) not given as answer to (a) B2
5(c)(i) PV = constant OR P1V1 = P2V2 OR 98 × 4800 = P × 7200 C1
65 kPa A1
5(c)(ii) To prevent the balloon bursting (as its volume increases)
OR to reduce the pressure inside the balloon
OR pressure difference between inside and outside balloon rises B1
Total: 6

443/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
6(a) Method 1:
Long distance / distance in field measured with the tape B1
One student fires pistol at one end (of this distance) B1
Student at other end starts stop-watch on seeing smoke / light
from pistol and st / B1
ops stop-watch on hearing sound of pistol B1
speed = (measured) distance / (measured) time
Method 2:
Distance of 50 m or more from a vertical wall measured with (B1)
the tape (B1)
Student 1 fires pistol at this distance from the wall
Student 2 standing next to student 1 starts stop-watch on (B1)
hearing pistol and stops stop-watch on hearing echo (B1)
speed = 2 × (measured) distance / (measured) time
6(b)(i) v = fλ OR (λ = ) v / f OR 1500 / 200 C1
7.5 m A1
6(b)(ii) 1 (frequency) does not change B1
2 (speed) decreases B1
Total: 8

444/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
7(a)((i) Sketch of curved optic fibre with light ray undergoing at least one total internal reflection
B1
7(a)(ii) Light travels down (optic) fibres into or out of body B1
To examine internal organ / part B1

Light travels both ways into and out of body B1
OR
To destroy (cancerous) cells (B1)
by heating (B1)
OR
Endoscope / fibre bundle inserted into body (B1)
To view internal organ body part OR for keyhole surgery (B1)
7(b) Light in air: 3 × 108 m / s B1
Microwaves in vacuum: 3 × 108 m / s B1
Sound in steel: 6000 m / s B1
7(c) n = speed in air / speed in glass (or rearranged)
OR 1.5 = 3 × 108 / speed in glass (or rearranged) C1
2.0 × 108 m / s A1
Total: 9

445/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
8(a)(i) Magnetic field at Y: ‘towards the bottom of the page’ ticked B1

Force at Y: ‘to the left’ ticked B1
8(a)(ii) There is a force on X
because of the (magnetic) field caused by Y
OR due to the (magnetic) field around / of Y B1
OR the (magnetic) fields due to X and Y interacting
8(b) Change in current / field is brief / for short time / occurs as switch
closes B1
Changing magnetic field / flux links with secondary coil / other
coil / core OR field / flux lines cut coil B1
Causes induced voltage / current B1
Total: 6
9(a)(i) 12 Ω B1
9(a)(ii) 1 / R = 1 / R1 + 1 / R2 OR 1 / R = 1 / 12 + 1 / 6
OR (R = ) R1R2 / (R1 + R2) OR (12 × 6) / (12 + 6) C1
4Ω A1
9(a)(iii) 4 + 6 = 10 Ω B1
9(b)(i) (I = 12 / 10 = ) 1.2 A B1
9(b)(ii) (E =) IVt OR 1.2 × 12 × 50 OR I2Rt OR 1.22 × 10 × 50
OR V2t / R OR 122 × 50 / 10 C1
720 J A1
Total: 7

446/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
10(a)(i) Light emitting diode OR LED B1
10(a)(ii) B1
10(b) column C column E

0 0
0 1
0 0
0 1
0 0
0 1
1 1
1 1 B3
10(c) Replace the OR gate with an AND gate B1
Total: 6
11(a) 83 protons
131 neutrons B2
11(b) 0
−1β
Superscript 0 B1
Subscript –1 B1
214
84 Po B1
11(c) (After 20 min count rate is) 360 / 2 or 180 (count / s)
(After 40 min count rate is) 180 / 2 or 90 (counts / s)
(After 60 min count rate is) 90 / 2
OR new count-rate = 360/(2 × 2 × 2) or 360 / 8 or 3 half-lives C1
45 (counts / s) A1

447/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
11(d) Any two points chosen from the lists below:

(economic):
high cost of storage / shielding / guarding / need to store for a
long time
OR reduction in tourism
OR loss of farming produce / land
OR reduction of land / property values
(social): B2
fear of cancer / causes cancer / genetic mutations / radiation
sickness in people / animals
OR local objections
OR cause people to move away
(environmental):
crop mutations
OR leakage into water supplies
OR pollution of atmosphere / water supply
Total: 9

448/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/42
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
449/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

B marks are independent marks, which do not depend on other marks. For a B mark to be
answer.
M marks are method marks upon which accuracy marks (A marks) later depend. For an M
which shows he knew the equation, then the C mark is scored. A C mark is not
awarded if a candidate makes two points which contradict each other. Points
which are wrong but irrelevant are ignored.
number of significant figures, all the marks for that question are normally
awarded. It is very occasionally possible to arrive at a correct answer by an
entirely wrong approach. In these rare circumstances, do not award the A marks,
but award C marks on their merits. An A mark following an M mark is a
dependent mark.
wording used to clarify the mark scheme, but the marks do not depend on seeing
the words or units in brackets, e.g. 10 (J) means that the mark is scored for 10,
regardless of the unit given.
very similar.
OR / or This indicates alternative answers, any one of which is satisfactory for scoring the
marks.
e.e.o.o. This means “each error or omission”.
Ignore This indicates that something which is not correct or irrelevant is to be

disregarded and does not cause a right plus wrong penalty.
to mean what we want, give credit. However, do not allow ambiguities, e.g.
spelling which suggests confusion between reflection / refraction / diffraction or

450/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Not / NOT This indicates that an incorrect answer is not to be disregarded, but cancels
another otherwise correct alternative offered by the candidate, i.e. right plus
wrong penalty applies.
for a particular mistake, but only applies to marks annotated ecf. Always
annotate ecf if applied.
Derived units are acceptable e.g. N / m2 for Pa, even kg m / s2 for N
Transcription Deduct one mark if the only error in arriving at a final answer is because
errors previously calculated data has clearly been misread but used correctly.
Use of NR (# key on the keyboard). Use this if the answer space for a question is completely

451/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
1(a) accelerate / speed up } any B2

}
decelerate / slow down / } two
come to rest / stop } from
change direction / path curves } four
1(b)(i) a = (v–u) / t in any form or (v–u) / t C1
{(60 – 0) / 16 or 60 / 16 = } 3.8 m / s2 A1
1(b)(ii) (average speed) = (tot) dist / (tot) time C1
(100 / 1.85 = ) 54 m / s A1
1(b)(iii) to reduce (air) resistance / drag OR B1
to lower centre of mass
to increase acceleration / speed / resultant force OR smaller (frontal) area / better aero(dynamic) shape OR to improve B1
stability / balance
Total: 8
2(a) momentum = mv C1
(=) 30 000 kg m / s OR N s A1
2(b)(i) impulse same as momentum change C1
27 000 kg m / s OR N s A1
2(b)(ii) F= impulse(mom ch) / t in any form C1
OR impulse(mom ch) / t
(F=27 000 / 0.6 = ) 45 000 N A1

452/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
2(b)(iii) momentum loss truck A same as C1

momentum gain truck B / impulse
(final mom truck A=) C1
candidate’s (a) – candidate’s (b)(i)
(v= 3000/6000 =) 0.50 m/s A1
Total: 9
3(a) internal energy of surroundings Box 4 B1

internal energy of wires of motor Box 5 B1
3(b) (change of g.p.e. =) mgh C1
(800 × 10 × 50 = ) 400 000 J OR 400 kJ A1
3(c) electrical energy generated } any B3
sensible use of electrical energy } three
}
}
sensible economic comment } from
}
sensible environmental comment } four
Total: 7

453/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
4(a)(i) P = hρg in any form or hρg C1

(15 × 1020 × 10 =) 150 000 Pa / 150 kPa A1
4(a)(ii) 250 000 Pa / 250 kPa B1
4(a)(iii) use of P = F / A in any form or PA C1
(253 000 × 1.2 × 0.8 =) 240 000 N A1
4(b) weight of lid } any B2
(there is a) pressure inside box }
OR upthrust on lid } two
moment of force changes } from
friction (of hinge) } five
drag of water }
Total: 7
5(a) larger saucepan AND greater area B1

5(b) bubbles form } any B1
boiling occurs throughout the liquid } one
not influenced by surface area / }
humidity / draught } from
boiling occurs at one temp } five
boiling requires heat }
5(c)(i) molecules move apart / separate / escape NOT move faster / more KE B1
(intermolecular) forces / bonds broken / overcome B1

454/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
5(c)(ii) m = E / l v in any form or E / l v C1

6
920 × 300 / 2.3 × 10 C1
0.12 kg OR 120 g A1
Total: 7
6(a)(i) 35° B1
6(a)(ii) sin i / sin r = n OR sin i / sin r = 1 / n C1
in any form
sin r = 1.56 × sin 35 OR (sin 35) / 1.56 C1
r = 63° A1
6(b)(i) angle of incidence when angle of refraction = 90° B1
6(b)(ii) sin c = 1 / n in any form C1
c = 40° A1
6(c)(i) refraction B1
6(c)(ii) frequency Box 2 only B1
Total: 9

455/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
7(a) appropriate use, accept from diagram M1

sensible diagram of: X-ray machine A1
and package, luggage etc.
good extra detail A1
7(b) radio waves in air to Box 4 only B1
ultrasound in air to Box 1 only B1
X-rays in vacuum to Box 4 only B1
Total: 6
8(a) connect d.c. supply (to terminals / circuit) B1

switch on B1
connect a.c. supply (to terminals / circuit) M1
withdraw rod from solenoid / reduce A1
current
8(b) IpVp = IsVs OR (Is =) IpVp / Vs C1
(0.2 × 240 / 12 =) 4.0 (A) A1
fuse blows / does not blow B1
Total: 7

456/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
9(a) ball gets –ve charge (from –ve plate) B1

–ve(ly charged ball) attracted to +ve B1
/ repelled from –ve
9(b) electrons B1
from L to R B1
9(c) Q = It in any form or Q / t C1
correct use of f = 4 Hz or T = 0.25 s C1
(I =) 3.4 × 10–9 A A1
Total: 7
10(a) P=V2 / R in any form or V2 / P B1

2
(240 / 1000 = ) 58 Ω B1
10(b) (1202 / 1000 = ) 14 Ω B1
10(c) P=V I in any form or P / V B1
(2000 / 240 = ) 8.3 A B1
Total: 5

457/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
11(a) 86 protons (in nucleus) B1

134 neutrons (in nucleus) B1
86 electrons B1
(surrounding nucleus / in orbit)
4
11(b) 2α B1
.... B1
84 Po
216 B1
.... Po
11(c) 220 / 55 or 4 (half-lives) or 720 / 16 C1

45 counts / s A1
Total: 8

458/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/43
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
459/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

scored, the point to which it refers must be seen specifically in the candidate's
answers.
M marks: are method marks upon which accuracy marks (A marks) later depend. For an M
C marks are compensatory marks in general applicable to numerical questions. These

can be scored even if the point to which they refer are not written down by the
which shows he knew the equation, then the C mark is scored. A C mark is not
awarded if a candidate makes two points which contradict each other. Points
which are wrong but irrelevant are ignored.
number of significant figures, all the marks for that question are normally
awarded. It is very occasionally possible to arrive at a correct answer by an
entirely wrong approach. In these rare circumstances, do not award the A
marks, but award C marks on their merits. An A mark following an M mark is a
dependent mark.
wording used to clarify the mark scheme, but the marks do not depend on
seeing the words or units in brackets, e.g. 10 (J) means that the mark is scored
for 10, regardless of the unit given.
very similar.
OR / or This indicates alternative answers, any one of which is satisfactory for scoring
the marks.
Ignore This indicates that something which is not correct or irrelevant is to be

disregarded and does not cause a right plus wrong penalty.
to mean what we want, give credit. However, do not allow ambiguities, e.g.
spelling which suggests confusion between reflection / refraction / diffraction or

460/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Not/NOT This indicates that an incorrect answer is not to be disregarded, but cancels
another otherwise correct alternative offered by the candidate, i.e. right plus
wrong penalty applies.
ecf meaning "error carried forward" is mainly applicable to numerical questions, but
for a particular mistake, but only applies to marks annotated ecf.
Significant figures Answers are normally acceptable to any number of significant figures ≥ 2. Any
Transcription Deduct one mark if the only error in arriving at a final answer is because
errors previously errors calculated data has clearly been misread but used correctly.

461/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
1(a) force / vector has size / magnitude and direction B1

1(b)(i) 35 N B1
1(b)(ii) (a =)F ÷ m or 35 ÷ 14 (e.c.f.(i)) C1
2
2.5 m / s (e.c.f.(i)) A1
1(c) both vectors to scale and correct angle (by eye) B1
resultant and parallelogram / two correct sides of triangle B1
value between 0.83–0.87 m / s (and angle between 88° and 92°) B1
2(a) (p = )mv or 2000 × 18 C1

36 000 kg m / s (or N s) A1
2(b)(i) 15 000 kg m / s (or N s) B1
2(b)(ii) 15 000 kg m / s (or N s) (e.c.f.(i)) B1
2(b)(iii) (F =)p ÷ t or mv ÷ t or 15 000 ÷ 0.20 (e.c.f.(i)/(ii)) C1
75 000 N A1
2(c) (increased time causes) decreased rate of: B1
change of momentum / acceleration / deceleration / impulse ÷ time
smaller forces on people / less injury B1

462/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

• molecules in regular positions / regular structure / fixed shape
• molecules unable to move around / fixed positions / vibrate
• (average) separation of molecules less / closely packed
• more intermolecular bonds / stronger bonds / greater forces
3(b) work done against forces or work done separating molecules or energy to break bonds or potential energy of B1
molecules increases
3(c)(i) 57 °C B1
3(c)(ii) 7.0 (minutes) C1
(Q = )ml or 50 × 210 or 10 500 (J) C1
ml ÷ t or 50 × 210 ÷ 7500 or ml ÷ t or C1
50 × 210 ÷ 7
1500 (J / min) A1
4(a)(i) inverse proportion or pV = const or p ∝ 1 / V B1

greater volume and molecules more spread out / less concentrated / more space B1
greater volume / more spread out and less frequent collisions with walls B1
4(a)(ii) a p value multiplied by a V value C1
or 2.0 × 105
2.0 m3 A1
4(b)(i) (they) slow down B1
4(b)(ii) (pressure) decreases B1

463/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
5(a)(i) (a sound wave with a) frequency above the frequency audible by humans or inaudible (to humans) B1
20 000 Hz B1
5(a)(ii) visible light and radio B1
ultrasound B1
5(b) (d = )vt ÷ 2 or (d = )vt or 0.0369 (m) C1
(d = )4100 × 9.0 × 10 – 6 ÷ 2 C1
0.018(45) m A1
6(a)(i) (n = )sin i ÷ sin r or 61(°) and 33(°) seen C1

(n = )sin 61(°) ÷ sin 33(°) C1
1.6 / 1.61 / 1.60587 A1
6(a)(ii) (c = )sin–1(1 / n) or sin–1(1 / 1.6) (e.c.f.(i)) C1
38.39°–38.7° (e.c.f.(i)) A1
6(b) one appropriate use B1
diagram of optical fibre and ray of light undergoing TIR at least twice B1
other relevant apparatus / detail B1

464/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
7(a) positive (charge) B1

electrons repelled (to earth) B1
7(b)(i) (I = )Q ÷ t or 0.84 ÷ 3.5 × 10–5 C1
2.4 × 104 A A1
7(b)(ii) current off scale / damages the meter / time too small B1
7(c) it/resistance decreases B1
8(a)(i) correct symbol B1
8(a)(ii) 0, 1, 1, 1 i.e. exactly reversed (values for OR gate) C1

1, 0, 0, 0 A1
8(b)(i) X variable resistor / rheostat B1
Y thermistor cao B1
ignore temperature dependent resistor
8(b)(ii) resistance of thermistor decreases B1
current increases or smaller proportion of total resistance B1
p.d. (across LED) decreases or light goes out B1
8(c) LED lights up (as the temperature rises) B1
any sensible use (e.g. warns if the fuel is too hot) or LED emits light whenever the fuel is warm enough B1

465/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
9(a)(i) any two from: B2

• velocity (of rod)
• length of rod / angle between field and rod
• magnetic field strength / separation of poles
9(a)(ii) any one from: B1
• resistance (of circuit / rod / meter)
• length
• diameter / radius / cross-section / area
• resistivity / material of rod
• temperature of rod
9(a)(iii) (magnitude becomes) zero or no e.m.f. B1
no field lines cut or rod slides between field lines B1
9(b)(i) horizontal sinusoidal wave M1
two complete cycles A1
9(b)(ii) T marked where e.m.f. is maximum (i.e. crest) or minimum (i.e. trough) B1
10(a)(i) (X = )234 B1
(Y = )91 B1
10(a)(ii) U (number 234 required in correct position) B1
U (number 92 required in correct position) B1
10(b)(i) any two lines from: B2
rocks (buildings / earth / ground / wood / stone / minerals)

space (Sun / stars / galaxies / cosmic rays)
air (radon)

466/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
10(b)(ii) 1200 ÷ 400 or 3 (half-lives) C1

544 – 32 or 512 or evidence of 3 halvings C1
1/8(th) or 64 or 68 C1
96 counts / minute A1
10(b)(iii) random fluctuations / variation B1
[Total: 80]

467/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/41
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2016 series for most
®
components.
468/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0625 41
M marks are method marks upon which further marks depend. For an M mark to be scored, the point
to which it refers must be seen in a candidate's answer. If a candidate fails to score a
particular M mark, then none of the dependent marks can be scored.
B marks: are independent marks, which do not depend on other marks. For a B mark to scored, the
point to which it refers must be seen specifically in the candidate’s answers.
If a final numerical answer, eligible for A marks, is correct, with the correct unit and an
acceptable number of significant figures, all the marks for that question are normally
awarded.
It is very occasionally possible to arrive at a correct answer by an entirely wrong approach. In
these rare circumstances, do not award the A marks, but award C marks on their merits.
However, correct numerical answers with no working shown gain all the marks available.
C marks are compensatory marks in general applicable to numerical questions. These can be scored
even if the point to which they refer are not written down by the candidate, provided
subsequent working gives evidence that they must have known it. For example, if an
equation carries a C mark and the candidate does not write down the actual equation but
does correct substitution or working which shows he knew the equation, then the C mark is
scored
A C marks is not awarded if a candidate makes two points which contradict each other.
Points which are wrong but irrelevant are ignored.
brackets ( ) around words or units in the mark scheme are intended to indicate wording used to clarify
the mark scheme, but the marks do not depend on seeing the words or units in brackets, e.g.
10 (J) means that the mark is scored for 10, regardless of the unit given.
OR / or indicates alternative answers, any one of which is satisfactory for scoring the marks.
e.e.o.o. means “each error or omission”.
Spelling Be generous about spelling and use of English. If an answer can be understood to mean
what we want, give credit. However, beware of and do not allow ambiguities, accidental or
deliberate: e.g. spelling which suggests confusion between reflection / refraction / diffraction
Not/NOT Indicates that an incorrect answer is not to be disregarded, but cancels another otherwise
correct alternative offered by the candidate, i.e. right plus wrong penalty applies.
Ignore Indicates that something which is not correct or irrelevant is to be disregarded and does not
cause a right plus wrong penalty.
ecf meaning “error carried forward” is mainly applicable to numerical questions, but may in
particular circumstances be applied in non-numerical questions.
This indicates that if a candidate has made an earlier mistake and has carried an incorrect
value forward to subsequent stages of working, marks indicated by ecf may be awarded,
provided the subsequent working is correct, bearing in mind the earlier mistake. This
prevents a candidate being penalised more than once for a particular mistake, but only
applies to marks annotated ecf.
© UCLES 2016
469/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
Significant Answers are normally acceptable to any number of significant figures ⩾ 2. Any exceptions to
Figures this general rule will be specified in the mark scheme.
Units Deduct one mark for each incorrect or missing unit from an answer that would otherwise
gain all the marks available for that answer: maximum 1 per question. No deduction is
incurred if the unit is missing from the final answer but is shown correctly in the working.
Arithmetic errors Deduct one mark if the only error in arriving at a final answer is clearly an arithmetic one.
Transcription Deduct one mark if the only error in arriving at a final answer is because given or previously
errors calculated data has clearly been misread but used correctly..
Fractions (e.g. ½) Allow these only where specified in the mark scheme.
Crossed out work Work which has been crossed out and not replaced but can easily be read, should be
marked as if it had not been crossed out.
Use of NR (# key on the keyboard) Use this if the answer space for a question is completely blank or
contains no readable words, figures or symbols.
© UCLES 2016
470/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
1(a)(i) Straight line from origin to (4.5 s, 7.2 m/s) B2
Tolerance in plotting: ½ a square
1(a)(ii) Use of area stated or implied by numbers used C1

OR average speed × time OR s = (u+v) / t / 2 OR vt / 2 A1
OR 0.5 × 4.5 × 7.2
16(.2) m
1(b) Rises from origin and curves with decreasing gradient B1

Finishes horizontal B1
1(c) Speed is scalar Velocity is vector B1

Speed has magnitude / size / value (only) B1
Velocity has magnitude / size / value and direction
OR velocity has direction; speed does not
Total: 8
© UCLES 2016
471/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
2(a)(i) (P =) hdg OR 15 × 1000 × 10 C1

1.5 × 105 or 150 000 Pa or N / m2 or 150 kPa or kN / m2 A1
2(a)(ii) (F =) PA OR 150 000 × 6000 C1

9.0 x 108 N / 9.0 × 105 kN A1
2(a)(iii) Same value as (a)(ii) or 9.0 × 108 N B1
2(b) Weight of tanker has to be equal to upward force of water B1

Depth (below surface) is / becomes less OR Tanker rises M1
(Tanker rises) because pressure / force on bottom of tanker
is greater OR because upthrust greater
OR At same depth as in river, pressure / force on bottom of
tanker is higher so tanker rises A1
Total: 8
3(a) (Molecules / they) collide with / hit walls of container OR B1

rebound from walls of container
Change of momentum OR Rate of change of momentum
occurs OR F = (mv – mu) / t B1
3(b)(i) (760 + 120 =) 880 mmHg B1
3(b)(ii) Same value as (b)(i) or 880 mmHg B1
3(b)(iii) New pressure = (760 + 240 =) 1000 (mmHg) C1

PV = constant OR P1V1 = P2V2 OR 12 × 880 = V × 1000 C1
11 cm3 A1
Total: 7
© UCLES 2016
472/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
4(a) Evaporation B1
Molecules with higher / highest (kinetic) energy OR that gain
enough energy B1
escape (from the liquid surface) B1
Molecules remaining in liquid have low / lower (kinetic) energy
OR Energy for evaporation came from remaining liquid B1
4(b) Greater decrease in temperature and / or volume than in (a). B1

Fan removes vapour / blows vapour away /
reduces humidity / reduces return of vapour to liquid,
allowing more molecules to escape OR faster / more
evaporation B1
4(c) Metal is a good (thermal) conductor B1

so passes heat to the liquid or from the surroundings (raising
its temperature) B1
Total: 8
© UCLES 2016
473/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
5(a) Molecular arrangement:

Ice: in lattice / regular / arranged / orderly / fixed in place
Water: random / irregular / not arranged / not orderly
B2
Molecular movement:
Ice: vibrate
Water: move (around) or slide over each other
5(b)(i) d = m / V in any form OR (m =) Vd OR 1800 × 0.025 × 920 C1

= 41 000 kg A1
5(b)(ii) (H =) mL OR 41 400 × 3.3 × 105 C1

1.4 x 1010 J OR 1.4 × 107 kJ OR 1,4 × 104 MJ A1
Total 6
6(a)(i) 300 – 360 m / s B1
6(a)(ii) 20 Hz – 20 kHz B1
6(b)(i) v = f λ OR (f =) v / λ OR (a)(i) / 0.022 C1

Correct answer: e.g. 330 m / s gives 15 000 Hz A1
6(b)(ii) Vertical dotted lines midway (by eye ) between each pair of compressions OR to right or left of compressions shown with B1
correct spacing (by eye)
6(b)(iii) (At rarefactions) molecules have above normal separation / far apart / spread out B1
Pressure (of air) is below normal / low OR Molecules exert below normal / low pressure B1
Total: 7
© UCLES 2016
474/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
7(a)(i) Ray continues through first face, without bending, to sloping face M1
Ray reflected vertically down at sloping face A1
7(a)(ii) Prism drawn with correct orientation in square M1

Correct reflection to produce emergent ray A1
7(b) Tick in box 2 B1

Tick in box 6 B1
Total: 6
8(a) 12 V B1
8(b) (I = ) V/R C1
12 / 8 OR 1.5 (A) C1
(W =) IVt OR 1.5 × 12 × 40 (× 60)
OR
(W =) I2Rt OR 1.52 × 8 × 40 (× 60)
OR
W = V2t / R OR 122 × 40 (× 60) / 8 C1
43 000 J A1
8(c) Chemical (energy) to electrical (energy) (in battery) B1

Electrical (energy) to thermal / heat (energy) (in resistor) B1
Total: 7
© UCLES 2016
475/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
9 Mention of overheating or fire seen anywhere B1

Mention of electric shock or electrocution seen anywhere B1
Any two of:
Fire / overheating: if thin / extension cable carries too large

a current OR because thin / extension cable has no fuse.
Fire / overheating due to extension cable being coiled (so

that escape of heat is prevented)
Electric shock / electrocution (of gardener) if unsuitable B2

socket lets in moisture / gets wet
Electric shock / electrocution (of gardener) if tape repair

lets in moisture / gets wet
Electric shock / electrocution if cable is cut by mower and

no circuit-breaker
Total: 4
© UCLES 2016
476/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
10(a) (Wire) moves vertically or down (page) C1

Moves up (page) A1
OR Magnetic field is into the page
OR (Fleming’s) left hand-rule applies B1
10(b) Moves up and down (page) / vibrates up and down (page) B1

(Vertical) force on wire alternates OR due to interaction of field of magnet and alternating
field (of current) B1
Total: 5
11(a)(i) (Region) where a force acts on a charge B1
11(a)(ii) Direction of the force acting on a positive charge B1
11(b) At least 4 radial equally spaced straight lines drawn from surface of sphere B1
Arrows on lines pointing away from sphere B1
11(c)(i) Charges on sphere attract electrons (from earth)

OR There is a p.d. between the sphere and earth B1
11(c)(ii) I = Q / t in any form OR Q / t OR 20 × 10-6 / (20 × 60) C1

1.7 × 10-8 A A1
OR
I = Q / t in any form OR Q / t OR 20 / (20 × 60) (C1)
0.017 µA (A1)
Total: 7
© UCLES 2016
477/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
12(a)(i) Atomic number OR number of protons OR proton number B1
12(a)(ii) 94 B1
237
12(b) Np B1
93
4
+ 2α B1
12(c) (No of Am atoms remaining = 8 × 1014 – 6 × 1014) = 2 × 1014 C1

4 × 1014 (Am atoms remain after) 470 yrs or 1 half-life C1
(2 × 1014 Am atoms remain after) 940 yrs or 2 half-lives A1
Total: 7
© UCLES 2016
478/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/42
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
®
components.
479/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

can be scored.
answers.
A C mark is not awarded if a candidate makes two points which contradict each
units in brackets.
marks.
otherwise correct alternative offered by the candidate, i.e. right plus wrong
penalty applies.
© UCLES 2016
480/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

Sig. figs Answers are normally acceptable to any number of significant figures ⩾ 2. Any
exceptions to this general rule will be specified in the mark scheme. In general,
accept numerical answers, which, if reduced to two significant figures, would be
right.
arithmetic one.
Fractions e.g. ½, ¼, 1/10 etc are only acceptable where specified.
© UCLES 2016
481/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
1(a)(i) constant gradient OR straight line B1
1(a)(ii) calculation of gradient C1

(a = 4 / 2 =) 2.0 m / s2 A1
1(a)(iii) decreases / becomes zero B1
1(b) area or s = (av)v x t C1

use of any triangle or trapezium C1
(total distance = ) 54–66 (m) C1
(total distance = ) 58–62 m A1
2(a)(i) (K.E. =) ½ mv2 B1
2(a)(ii) scalar AND direction does not matter B1
2(b)(i) p = mv in any form OR mv C1

(p= 200 × 2.5 =) 500 kg m / s A1
2(b)(ii) 500 – (50 × 4.0) or 500 – 200 C1
(v= 300 / 200 = ) 1.5 m / s A1
(in) same direction (as original motion) B1
2(b)(iii) (during collision kinetic energy transferred to) elastic / strain energy M1
(elastic) energy transferred to kinetic energy or returned to car(s) A1
© UCLES 2016
482/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
3(a)(i) vacuum / mercury vapour B1
3(a)(ii) (arrowed) line between mercury surfaces B1
3(a)(iii) (distance stays the) same B1
3(b)(i) (760 – 15 =) 750 (mm Hg) B1
3(b)(ii) p1V1 = p2V2 in any form OR p1V1/V2 C1

correct substitution of 12.0 and 4.0 C1
correct calculation of p2 from cand’s p1 and correct V1 and V2 A1
(reading = 760 – 45 = 715 = ) 720 mm Hg B1
4(a) (output) power = VI in any form OR VI C1

(power = 240 × 23 =) 5500 (W) C1
efficiency = output (power) / input (power) C1
(efficiency = 5520 / 16 200 =) 0.34 or 34% A1
4(b) chemical OR potential B1
4(c) relevant environmental pro or con, e.g. no / less air pollution, no / less greenhouse gases OR visual / noise B1
impact / pollution, injure birds,
deforestation, conserves non-renewables
relevant economic pro or con, e.g. no fuel cost or expensive to install (compared to other types of generation) B1
© UCLES 2016
483/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
5(a)(i) in ice, molecules in fixed positions AND B1

in water, positions change
5(a)(ii) in ice, molecules vibrate AND B1

in water, molecules move around (and vibrate)
5(b)(i) m / ρ OR ρ = m / V in any form C1

(V = 51 000/920 =) 55 m3 A1
5(b)(ii) mL OR Q = mL in any form C1

(Q = 51 000 × 3.3 × 105) = 1.7 × 1010 J A1
5(c) thermocouple B1
6(a)(i) 1 tick 4th box NOT extra tick(s) B1
6(a)(ii) 1 tick2ndbox NOT extra tick(s) B1
6(b) 1 tick 2nd box NOT extra tick(s) B1
6(c)(i) 1300 ⩽ v ⩽ 1700 m / s B1
6(c)(ii) v = f λ in any form OR (λ =) v / f C1

candidate’s (i) / 12 000 evaluated A1
6(d) any 2 wavelengths same as original B1

3 wave fronts curved AND concave up B1
3 part circles, 2 emanating from gap,

must reach about 45° each side of centre line B1
© UCLES 2016
484/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
7(a) rectangle and diagonal line with end parallel to B1

length of rectangle
7(b) first 2 rows of D both 0 B1

last 2 rows of D both 1 B1
each row of column E logical OR of (column C and candidate’s column D) B1
7(c) two single inputs 0 AND 1 B1
two correct single outputs 1 AND 0 B1
© UCLES 2016
485/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
8(a) ultra-violet written above / below ultrasound B1

radio written above / below earthquake B1
8(b)(i) 3.0 × 108 m / s B1
8(b)(ii)1 n = cv / cof in any form OR (n = )cv / cof C1
1.5 A1
8(b)(ii)2 sin c = 1 / n in any form OR (c = )sin–1(1 / n) C1
42º A1
8(b)(iii) total internal reflection B1
9(a) 4.5 V B1
9(b)(i) 1 / R = 1 / R1+1 / R2 OR R1R2 / (R1+R2) C1
(R =) 20 Ω A1
9(b)(ii) adds 55 to candidate’s previous line B1
9(b)(iii) I = V / R in any form OR V / R C1
(I = 4.5 / 75 =) 0.060 A A1
9(c)(i) reference to 55 Ω resistor B1
9(c)(ii) reference to 60 Ω resistor B1
© UCLES 2016
486/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
10(a) proton (+)e

neutron zero / neutral / no / none / nothing
α-particle (+)2e B3
β-particle –e
γ-ray zero / neutral / no / none / nothing
10(b)(i) into page B1
10(b)(ii) clearly 180° from b i B1
10(b)(iii) none B1
11(a) 9.6 × 108 / 8 C1

1.2 × 108 (atoms) A1
11(b) 160 – 16 OR 144 C1

(144 / 8 + 16 = 18 + 16 =) 34 counts / minute A1
© UCLES 2016
487/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/43
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80
Published
Teachers.
®
components.
488/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

can be scored.
answers.
A C mark is not awarded if a candidate makes two points which contradict each
units in brackets.
marks.
otherwise correct alternative offered by the candidate, i.e. right plus wrong
penalty applies.
© UCLES 2016
489/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

Sig. figs Answers are normally acceptable to any number of significant figures ⩾ 2. Any
exceptions to this general rule will be specified in the mark scheme. In general,
accept numerical answers, which, if reduced to two significant figures, would be
right.
arithmetic one.
Fractions e.g. ½, ¼, 1/10 etc are only acceptable where specified.
© UCLES 2016
490/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
1(a) (a = )∆v / t or gradient C1

0.50/2.0 C1
0.25 m / s2 A1
1(b)(i) decreasing gradient from B1

gradient zero at end and joins first part smoothly B1
1(b)(ii) deceleration or retardation B1
Total 6
2(a) (moment = )F × x⊥r or F × x or 400 × 1.2 or 500 × 1.2 or 480 or 600 C1

600 and 480 C1
120 N m A1
anticlockwise B1
2(b)(i) 1080 / 1100 N m B1
2(b)(ii) 100 N B1
Total 6
© UCLES 2016
491/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
3(a)(i) a vector quantity / it has direction B1
3(a)(ii) vector and has direction/is related to velocity B1
3(b)(i) (p = )mv or 35 × 1200 C1

4.2 × 104 kg m / s (or N s) A1
3(b)(ii) (K.E. = )½mv2 or ½ × 35 × 12002 C1

2.5(2) × 107 J A1
3(c)(i) constant / unchanged / conserved B1
3(c)(ii) increases B1
chemical / fuel energy transformed to kinetic energy B1
Total 9
© UCLES 2016
492/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
4(a)(i) (p = )hρg or 0.36 × 840 × 10 C1

3.0(24) × 103 Pa A1
4(a)(ii) 1.0(2024) × 105 Pa (allow 1.0 × 105 Pa with evidence of addition) B1
4(b)(i) left level not as low B1

right level not as high B1
or
one level higher and one level lower

smaller h / height (difference)
4(b)(ii) both / liquid levels higher B1

same / 0.36 m h / height (difference) B1
Total 5
© UCLES 2016
493/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
5(a)(i) speed increases or kinetic energy increases B1
5(a)(ii) effect: density / it increases B1

explanation: (separation) decreases and less (kinetic) energy B1
/ vibrate less / smaller volume
5(b)(i) (Q = )ml or 0.12 × 3.3 × 105 C1

3.96 / 4.0 × 104 C1
(P = )Q / t or ml / t or 3.96 × 104 / 220 ign. WD / t C1
180 W A1
5(b)(ii) thermal energy lost to something specific (air, road, surroundings) B1

or thermal radiation reflected
Total 8
© UCLES 2016
494/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
6(a)(i) same wavelengths (as original) and three crests (or more) B1
sensible curvature at top and bottom (not touching wall) B1
straight line section in middle B1
6(a)(ii) Innermost curve beyond guidelines and same wavelength B1
6(b) type of wave longitudinal wave transverse wave

electromagnetic wave 9 B1
P-wave 9
S-wave 9
} B1
sound wave 9
ultrasound wave 9
} B1
Total 7
7(a)(i) 3.0 × 108 m / s B1
7(a)(ii) radio (waves) B1
7(a)(iii) infra-red (radiation) B1

X-rays or Röntgen rays B1
7(b)(i) less energy wasted or danger (to people nearby)/harmful B1
7(b)(ii) satellite communication / television or mobile / cell telephones or B1

other sensible use (e.g. radar)
Total 6
© UCLES 2016
495/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
8(a) (c = )sin–1(1/n) or sin–1(1/1.5) or sin–1(0.6667) or n = 1/sin(c) 42(41.8103)° C1

A1
8(b)(i) (all of the) same / one frequency / wavelength B1
8(b)(ii) (r = )sin–1(sin(i) / n) or sin–1(sin(45(°)) / 1.5) n = sin (i) / sin(r) or C1

1.5 = sin(45°) / sin(r) or sin(r) = 0.47(140)
28(.1255057)° or 28°/27.63930015° A1
8(b)(iii) reflected ray and refracted ray at correct angles B1
Total 6
9(a) 6 (cells) B1
9(b)(i) 48 Ω B1
9(b)(ii) 1 / R = 1 / R1 + 1 / R2 or 1 / 48 + 1 / 24 or (R = )R1R2 / R1 + R2 C1
or 24 × 48 / 72
16 Ω A1
9(c)(i) (I = )V / R or 12 / 48 C1
0.25 A A1
9(c)(ii) (Q = ) / t or 0.25 × 6.0 or 0.25 × 6.0 × 60 or 1.5 C1

90 C A1
Total 8
© UCLES 2016
496/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
10(a)(i) experiences force to left or right or moves to left or right C1

moves to right or bows out to right A1
10(a)(ii) vibrates (to left and right) or moves left and right repeatedly B1
10(b)(i) (magnetic) field (lines) cut B1

e.m.f. induced B1
10(b)(ii) opposite deflection or current reversed B1

same size deflection / current B1
10(b)(iii) small(er) deflection / current (in same direction) B1
Total 8
© UCLES 2016
497/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
11(a)(i) 56 B1
26 Fe ; both numbers correct and in correct position
11(a)(ii) 196 B1
78 Pt ; 78 and Pt correct position
B1
196 in correct position
11(b)(i) ( 238 234 4

94 Pu → ) 92 U + 2 α ; 4 and 2 in correct position by the α B1
92 in correct position by the U B1
234 in correct position by the U B1
11(b)(ii) 270/90 half-lives or 3 half-lives or 1 / 8 C1

1.2 × 1010 or 9.6 × 1010 – 1.2 × 1010 or 7 / 8 C1
8.4 × 1010 A1
Total 9
80
© UCLES 2016
498/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
PHYSICS 0625/04
Paper 4 Theory (Extended) For Examination from 2016
SPECIMEN MARK SCHEME
1 hour 15 minutes
MAXIMUM MARK: 80
The syllabus is accredited for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.
499/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

2
mark scheme abbreviations
() the word, phrase or unit in brackets is not required but is in the mark scheme for
clarification
accept accept the response
AND both responses are necessary for the mark to be allowed
e.c.f. error carried forward; marks are awarded if a candidate has carried an incorrect
value forward from earlier working, provided the subsequent working is correct
ignore this response is to be disregarded and does not negate an otherwise correct
response
NOT do not allow
note: additional marking guidance
/ OR alternative responses for the same marking point
owtte or words to that effect
underline mark is not allowed unless the underlined word or idea is used by candidate
units there is a maximum of one unit penalty per question unless otherwise indicated
any [number] from: accept the [number] of valid responses
max indicates the maximum number of marks
© UCLES 2014 0625/04/SM/16

500/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
3
1 (a) speed × time in any form, symbols, numbers or words

OR any area under graph used or stated [1]
312 m (2 or 3 sig. figs.) [1]
(b) rate of change of speed OR gradient of graph OR 18/12 [1]

1.5 m/s2 [1]
(c) same gradient / slope OR equal speed changes in equal times OR

allow graph symmetrical [1]
2 (a) mgh OR 36 × 10 × 2.4 [1]

864 J OR N m (2 or 3 sig. figs.) [1]
(b) (P =) E/t in any form, words, symbols or numbers OR 864 / 4.4 [1]
196 W OR J / s (2 or 3 sig. figs.) [1]
(c) evidence that candidate understands the principle of energy conservation, expressed in
words or as an equation (e.g. total energy is constant OR initial energy = final energy) or
implied by statement accounting for difference [1]
some energy is dissipated into the surroundings OR difference due to increase in internal
energy/heating/thermal energy (of belt, motor, surroundings) owtte
note: do not accept kinetic energy / sound / friction if no mention of heating [1]
(d) increase in potential energy of mass is greater

OR work done/energy used (to raise mass) is greater [1]
t = E/P OR P = E/t in any form, words or symbols AND power is constant [1]
speed reduced / time taken is longer [1]
3 (a) p = mv in any form, words or symbols [1]

0.16 kg m / s OR N s [1]
(b) use of principle of conservation of momentum in words, symbols or numbers [1]

use of combined mass 0.5(0) + 0.3(0) OR 0.8(0) (kg) [1]
0.2(0) m / s [1]

501/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
4
4 (a) three valid features listed without explanation [1]
any three features explained from:
copper/metal is a good conductor (of heat)

NOT of electricity
black is good absorber/bad reflector

ignore emitter
insulating material will reduce heat lost/conducted away (from pipes/sheet)

NOT prevents heat loss owtte
glass/trapping of air reduces/prevents convection/warm air being blown away
glass produces greenhouse effect/reference to far and near I.R. [max 3]
(b) 38 – 16 OR 22 [1]
mcθ OR 250 × 4200 × candidate’s temperature difference [1]
2.31 × 107 (J) e.c.f. from previous line [1]
9.24 × 107 J OR e.c.f. from previous line × 4 correctly evaluated [1]
no unit penalty if J seen anywhere in (b) clearly applied to an energy
(c) valid explanation relating to at least one of the reasons below: [1]
note: if no explanation, this mark is not awarded even if more than three reasons are
given
any three reasons from:

which direction roof faces
estimate output of panels
household needs / whether household will use all hot water
cost of panel / installation
time to recoup cost
whether roof is shaded
relevant environmental consideration (e.g. not using wood or other fuel to heat water) [max 3]
(d) nuclei join together, accept hydrogen for nuclei

to produce a different element / helium (and energy) [2]
5 (a) (i) any one from:

(molecules) move randomly / in random directions
(molecules) have high speeds
(molecules) collide with each other / with walls [max 1]
(ii) collisions with walls/rebounding causes change in momentum (of molecules) [1]
force is rate of change of momentum / force needed to change momentum [1]
(b) (i) p1V1 = p2V2 OR 300 × 100 (× 0.12) = p2 × 0.40 (× 0.12) [1]
750 kPa [1]
© UCLES 2014 0625/04/SM/16

502/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
5
(ii) (molecules) collide with walls more often owtte

OR more collisions with walls per second or per unit time owtte [1]
greater force per unit area [1]
6 (a) clear attempt at semi circles, at least 3 [1]

same wavelength as incoming wavefronts, by eye [1]
(b) speed ÷ wavelength or 20 ÷ 2.5 or v = fλ [1]

8 Hz or 8 s–1 or 8 waves/second [1]
(c) candidate’s (b) OR “the same” OR nothing [1]
(d) low frequency signals have longer wavelength (than high frequency signals) OR
high frequency signals have shorter wavelength [1]
low frequency signals / long wavelength signals diffract more OR

low frequency / short wavelength signals diffract less [1]
7 (a) rheostat/variable resistor AND

control/vary/change/ limit the current /resistance/power/ voltage across heater [1]
(b) (I =) P/V any form, words or numbers [1]

(I =) 1.25 (A) seen anywhere [1]
(V =) 6.0 – 3.6 OR 2.4 seen anywhere [1]
(R =) V/I in any form words or numbers [1]
1.92 Ω (2 or 3 sig. figs.) [1]
note: credit will also be given for alternative approaches
(c) battery running down/going flat/energy of battery used up OR V or e.m.f. less

OR more/increasing resistance (of heater) NOT resistance of X increases [1]
use of relationship between I and V or R OR the current decreases [1]
8 (a) output of A: 1, 1, 0, 0 c.a.o. [1]

output of B: 0, 1, 0, 0 e.c.f. from candidate’s output of A [1]
(b) dark AND hot owtte

note: must be consistent with answer to (a) [1]
(c) B cannot provide enough power / current for lamp, or equivalent

OR allows remote lamp [2]
note: statement of function of a relay without reference to context gains 1 mark

503/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS
6
9 (a) electrons / negative charges move towards the rod / to R (ignore just “attracted”)
ignore any mention of positive charges moving
any mention of positive electrons = 0 [1]
(b) negative charges (are) close(r) (to the rod) [1]

attraction between opposite charges greater than repulsion between like charges [1]
(c) coulomb [1]
10 γ rays [1]
(γ rays) detected at B [1]
(γ rays) not deflected by field / not charged [1]
charged particles / β particles (accept α for charged particles) [1]
β particles detected at C [1]
reference to direction of deflection / LH rule [1]
no α-particles OR only background detected at A [1]
11 (a) top bent down to R of layer [1]

middle straight on [1]
bottom deflected back to left [1]
(b) (i) deflection greater than 90°/the bottom one [1]
(ii) positive ignore numbers [1]
(iii) nothing/vacuum/space/electrons [1]
(c) 2 AND 2 [1]
© UCLES 2014 0625/04/SM/16

504/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

Success Groups: Cambridge Physics (0625)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Success Groups: Cambridge Physics (0625)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Success Groups: Cambridge Physics (0625)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cambridge

Chemistry 0620 Paper 2 (MCQ)

This document has 12 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

© UCLES 2020 [Turn over

1/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

Generic Marking Principles

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

© UCLES 2020 Page 2 of 12

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Science-Specific Marking Principles

© UCLES 2020 Page 3 of 12

6 Calculation specific guidance

© UCLES 2020 Page 4 of 12

Abbreviations and guidance

/ Alternative answers for the same marking point.

© UCLES 2020 Page 5 of 12

Question Answer Marks

Question Answer Marks

2(b)(iii) elastic (energy) OR strain (energy) B1

© UCLES 2020 Page 6 of 12

Question Answer Marks

Question Answer Marks

Question Answer Marks

Question Answer Marks

Question Answer Marks

Question Answer Marks

© UCLES 2020 Page 8 of 12

Question Answer Marks

Question Answer Marks

© UCLES 2020 Page 9 of 12

Question Answer Marks

Question Answer Marks

© UCLES 2020 Page 10 of 12

Question Answer Marks

This document consists of 10 printed pages.

© UCLES 2021 [Turn over

13/504 2023-2016 Paper 4 MS

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2:

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3:

Marks must be awarded positively:

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4:

© UCLES 2021 Page 2 of 10

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Science-Specific Marking Principles

5 ‘List rule’ guidance

© UCLES 2021 Page 3 of 10

7 Guidance for chemical equations

© UCLES 2021 Page 4 of 10

(m=) ρV OR ρ = m / V in any form C1

1(b) 4.5 × 103 N A3

(F=) (Δ)PA OR P = F / A in any form C1

(ΔP = 1.3 × 105 – 1.0 × 105 = ) 3 × 104 C1

(ρ =) 9.6 × 104 / (10 × 12) C1

Question Answer Marks

2(a)(i) (moment of a force) is the turning effect (about a point / pivot) B1

© UCLES 2020 [Turn over

6 Calculation specific guidance